{"title":"All Products","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n\/* Heading and accent colour *\/\n.product-copy h2,\n.product-copy h3 {\n  color: #5a7057;\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Fermentation Station – Live Cultures, Baking Kits \u0026amp; Artisan Tools\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our full range of handcrafted cultures, baking essentials, and fermentation tools — everything you need to create healthy, living food at home. Each product is carefully chosen for quality, simplicity, and sustainability, helping you ferment and bake with confidence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrom probiotic-rich kefir grains and heritage sourdough starters to organic flours and traditional baking tools, every item in this collection reflects our passion for real food made from scratch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"milk-kefir-grains","title":"Milk Kefir Grains","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePremium Organic Milk Kefir Grains – Fresh, Active \u0026amp; Ready to Brew\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur premium quality Milk Kefir Grains are the perfect addition to your daily routine. Carefully grown and cultured on certified organic milk, these grains are fresh, active, and designed to give you the best possible results. They’re easy to use, require minimal maintenance, and once acclimated will continue producing batch after batch of probiotic-rich milk kefir every 24–48 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade from a unique blend of beneficial bacteria and yeast, these grains are a natural and sustainable source of probiotics that help promote a healthy digestive system, boost immunity, and increase energy levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot only is milk kefir easy to make at home, but it’s also one of the most potent natural probiotic foods available. You can ferment daily with confidence knowing that your culture is reusable, self-renewing, and — with proper care — can last forever.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou Will Receive\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLive Organic Milk Kefir Grains\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8g pack\u003c\/strong\u003e – produces approximately \u003cstrong\u003e300 ml of milk kefir\u003c\/strong\u003e every 24-48hrs, ideal for individuals or small daily ferments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e16g pack\u003c\/strong\u003e – produces approximately \u003cstrong\u003e600 ml of milk kefir \u003c\/strong\u003eevery 24-48hrs, perfect for families or regular kefir drinkers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-quality double-sided full-colour instruction sheet:\u003c\/strong\u003e simple, step-by-step guidance, designed to look great as part of a gift.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOngoing support\u003c\/strong\u003e – personal help whenever you need it to get the best results from your grains - email, chat or phone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cem\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\"\u003e\n\u003cem\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\"\u003e\n\u003cem\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003e(Independently lab tested — \u003ca rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/milk-kefir-microbiological-analysis-report.pdf?v=1757146988\" title=\"Download Eurofins microbiological analysis report for milk kefir probiotic strains\" target=\"_blank\"\u003esee microbiological analysis report\u003c\/a\u003e).\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"muted\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"muted\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eNote:\u003c\/em\u003e Kefir grains are completely reusable and will multiply with regular use — a \u003cstrong\u003ebuy-once, ferment-forever culture.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery Details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship daily across Australia via Australia Post. Each batch is packed in a small amount of milk to keep the culture happy and active during transit. Kefir grains are incredibly resilient — they can comfortably handle up to two weeks in the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eArrive Alive Guarantee\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe want you to order with complete peace of mind. In the rare event your milk kefir grains don’t activate after arrival, we’ll send you a free express replacement right away. Your success is 100% guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHealth Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports a healthy gut microbiome\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImproves digestion and nutrient absorption\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBoosts immunity and overall vitality\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to digest, even for many who are lactose-sensitive\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eBacked by science — \u003ca rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/milk-kefir-microbiological-analysis-report.pdf?v=1757146988\" title=\"Independent microbiological testing report for milk kefir grains probiotic strains\" target=\"_blank\"\u003edownload full lab report\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose The Fermentation Station?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith over 20 years of experience and thousands of happy customers, we guarantee active cultures, fast shipping, and friendly support every step of your fermentation journey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder today and start fermenting with premium organic milk kefir grains — fresher, healthier, and more affordable than store-bought kefir.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003e\u003ca title=\"Milk Kefir FAQ\" href=\"https:\/\/thefermentationstation.com.au\/blogs\/faq\/milk-kefir-faq\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much do I get with each option?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou’ll receive \u003cstrong\u003eeither 8g or 16g of live organic milk kefir grains\u003c\/strong\u003e, depending on the option selected at checkout. The 8g pack ferments about 300 ml of milk per batch — perfect for one person — while the 16g pack produces roughly 600 ml per batch, ideal for households or anyone fermenting regularly. Both options are reusable and will multiply with ongoing care.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much milk should I use with my grains?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart with about \u003cstrong\u003e250–300 ml of full-cream milk per 8g (about 1 teaspoon)\u003c\/strong\u003e of grains. If you purchased the \u003cstrong\u003e8g pack\u003c\/strong\u003e, use roughly 300 ml of milk. For the \u003cstrong\u003e16g pack\u003c\/strong\u003e, start with around \u003cstrong\u003e600ml\u003c\/strong\u003e. Adjust based on taste and temperature — warmer rooms ferment faster.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long should I ferment milk kefir for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically \u003cstrong\u003e24–48 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e at room temperature (around 22–25 °C). In cooler weather, a longer ferment produces a thicker, tangier result. You’ll know it’s ready when the milk starts to thicken and separate slightly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I reuse the grains indefinitely?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes! \u003cstrong\u003eMilk kefir grains are completely reusable and can last forever\u003c\/strong\u003e with proper care. After each ferment, simply strain the grains, add fresh milk, and start your next batch. They’ll continue growing and multiplying for years — a true buy-once, ferment-forever culture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I store the grains if I’m taking a break?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace them in a jar with milk and refrigerate. They’ll keep happily for about a week between ferments. For longer breaks, refresh with fresh milk every 7–10 days to keep them healthy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eMy kefir is thin or not tangy enough — what should I do?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLeave it fermenting longer — up to 48 hours — especially in cooler weather. Once strained, refrigerate overnight; it will thicken further as it chills. The tang develops naturally with each batch as the grains fully “wake up.”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow are your kefir grains shipped?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship daily across Australia using \u003cstrong\u003eAustralia Post Priority\u003c\/strong\u003e. Each batch is packed in a small amount of milk to keep it stable and active in transit. Kefir grains can comfortably survive 1–2 weeks in postage without issue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat if my grains don’t activate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer an \u003cstrong\u003eArrive Alive Guarantee\u003c\/strong\u003e — if your grains don’t start fermenting within a few batches, we’ll send a free express replacement. Your success is 100% guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"The Fermentation Station","offers":[{"title":"300ml","offer_id":47483708309811,"sku":"MKEF300","price":24.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"600ml","offer_id":47483708342579,"sku":"MKEF600","price":39.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/milk_kefir_grains_fresh_live_culture.jpg?v=1763374582"},{"product_id":"organic-water-kefir-grains","title":"Water Kefir Grains","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePremium Organic Water Kefir Grains – Refreshing, Probiotic \u0026amp; Easy to Brew\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnjoy crisp, lightly fizzy, probiotic-rich water kefir made easily at home with our premium organic water kefir grains.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater kefir is a refreshing fermented drink made by culturing sugar water with live water kefir grains — a symbiotic blend of beneficial bacteria and yeasts. With just 24–48 hours of fermentation, you’ll have a naturally bubbly, gut-friendly beverage you can flavour endlessly with fruit, herbs, juices, and more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur water kefir grains are grown in small batches for maximum strength, viability, and long-term health. Once activated, they will continue producing batch after batch indefinitely — a true \u003cstrong\u003ebuy-once, ferment-forever culture\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eYou Will Receive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Dried Water Kefir Grains:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose your ideal batch size:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e500 ml kit\u003c\/strong\u003e – perfect for small, regular brews.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1000 ml kit\u003c\/strong\u003e – ideal for families or higher daily intake.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1500 ml kit \u003c\/strong\u003e- best value for larger batches or frequent brewers.  \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\nOnce acclimated, your grains will ferment every \u003cstrong\u003e24–48 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e and can be reused indefinitely. \u003cem\u003e(Independently lab tested — \u003ca title=\"Water kefir microbiological report\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/water-kefir-microbiological-analysis-report.pdf?v=1757147018\" target=\"_blank\"\u003esee microbiological analysis report\u003c\/a\u003e).\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-quality double-sided full-colour instruction sheet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clear, simple guidance — designed to also look great as a gift.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOngoing Support:\u003c\/strong\u003e Personal help whenever you need it — email, chat or phone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery Details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater kefir grains are shipped via \u003cstrong\u003eAustralia Post Priority\u003c\/strong\u003e and, in their dried state, are shelf-stable for at least 6 months — ready whenever you are.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eArrive Alive Guarantee\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder with confidence. In the rare event your water kefir grains don’t activate or come alive after rehydration, we’ll send you a free replacement right away. Your success is guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHealth Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports a healthy, diverse gut microbiome\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromotes better digestion and nutrient absorption\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps reduce inflammation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNaturally refreshing, low-sugar probiotic drink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eBacked by science — \u003ca rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/water-kefir-microbiological-analysis-report.pdf?v=1757147018\" target=\"_blank\"\u003edownload full lab report\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose The Fermentation Station?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith over 20 years of experience and thousands of happy customers, we guarantee fresh, active cultures, fast shipping, and full support every step of your fermentation journey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/thefermentationstation.com.au\/blogs\/faq\/water-kefir-faq\" title=\"Water Kefir FAQ\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e \u003csummary\u003eHow long does water kefir take to ferment?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically \u003cstrong\u003e24–48 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e depending on room temperature. Warmer rooms ferment faster; cooler rooms ferment more slowly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e \u003cdetails open=\"\"\u003e \u003csummary\u003eHow much sugar do I use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 tablespoons of sugar per 250 ml\u003c\/strong\u003e of water. Organic raw sugar, white sugar, or rapadura all work well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e \u003cdetails\u003e \u003csummary\u003eCan I flavour water kefir?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely — water kefir is extremely versatile. After the first ferment, flavour with fruits, ginger, lemon, berries, herbs, or juices and ferment again for natural carbonation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e \u003cdetails\u003e \u003csummary\u003eCan I use honey?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Honey has antibacterial properties that can harm the grains. Use sugar only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e \u003cdetails\u003e \u003csummary\u003eHow long will the grains last?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith proper care, \u003cstrong\u003eforever\u003c\/strong\u003e. Water kefir grains are a fully reusable, self-renewing culture that multiplies over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e \u003cdetails\u003e \u003csummary\u003eHow do I store my grains if I need a break?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the grains in sugar water and refrigerate. Refresh the water every 1–2 weeks to keep them healthy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e \u003cdetails\u003e \u003csummary\u003eWhat if my grains don’t activate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer a full \u003cstrong\u003eArrive Alive Guarantee\u003c\/strong\u003e. If the grains don’t wake up and start fermenting within a few batches, we’ll replace them free of charge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"The Fermentation Station","offers":[{"title":"500ml","offer_id":51611826585907,"sku":"WK500","price":24.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000ml","offer_id":51611828126003,"sku":"WK1000","price":39.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1500ml","offer_id":53162647814451,"sku":"WK1500","price":54.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/water_kefir_grains_front.jpg?v=1762749151"},{"product_id":"sourdough-starter-106-year-old-french-origin","title":"Sourdough Starter - 106+ Year Old French","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n\/* Heading and accent colour *\/\n.product-description h2,\n.product-description h3 {\n  color: #5a7057;\n}\n\n\/* FAQ accordion styling *\/\n.faq-accordion details {\n  border-top: 1px solid #ddd;\n  padding: 10px 0;\n}\n.faq-accordion details:last-child {\n  border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary {\n  list-style: none;\n  cursor: pointer;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  color: #5a7057;\n  position: relative;\n  padding-right: 24px;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.faq-accordion summary::after {\n  content: '+';\n  position: absolute;\n  right: 0;\n  top: 0;\n  font-weight: 600;\n}\n.faq-accordion details[open] summary::after {\n  content: '–';\n}\n.faq-accordion p {\n  margin: 8px 0 0 0;\n  line-height: 1.6;\n  color: #333;\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrganic French Sourdough Starter – 100+ Year Old Culture, Dried \u0026amp; Shelf Stable\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIndulge in the delightful taste of a starter that has been cherished and perfected by our family for generations. This fruity and delicious starter has its roots in Southern France around 1916, created by my grandmother during the food rationing of WWI and lovingly cared for by many members of our family before making its way to Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith its unique blend of flavours and pure organic ingredients, this heritage starter makes it easy to bake artisan bread at home. Each loaf is like a journey through history, as you savour the flavours and imagine the generations who have enjoyed this sourdough before you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you're an avid foodie, a lover of family traditions, or simply looking to try something new, this starter is sure to impress. With its rich heritage and mouthwatering taste, it's a culinary delight that you'll treasure for years to come.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eYou Will Receive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Dried Sourdough Starter (15g):\u003c\/strong\u003e Fed and maintained by you, this living culture will last a lifetime (or more).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-quality double-sided full-colour instruction sheet:\u003c\/strong\u003e simple, step-by-step guidance, designed to look great as part of a gift.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOngoing Support:\u003c\/strong\u003e personal help whenever you need it to get the best results from your starter — email, chat or phone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePure heritage culture:\u003c\/strong\u003e The mother starter is fed exclusively on filtered chlorine-free water and wholegrain organic stoneground flour for many years.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery Details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStarters are shipped via \u003cstrong\u003eAustralia Post Priority\u003c\/strong\u003e and in their dry state are shelf-stable for at least 6 months – they are ready when you are.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eArrive Alive Guarantee\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe want you to order with confidence. In the rare event your sourdough starter doesn’t activate and come alive after rehydration, we’ll send you a free replacement straight away. Your success in baking with our heritage culture is guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBaking at home allows you to produce loaves of better quality than the best you can buy, at a fraction of the cost.\u003c\/strong\u003e The starter can also be used to make naturally leavened pizza, pancakes, brioche, challah, focaccia, and baguettes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose The Fermentation Station?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith over 20 years of experience and thousands of happy customers, we guarantee fresh, active cultures, fast shipping, and full support every step of your fermentation journey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- same sourdough FAQ set --\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much sourdough starter do I get, and how long will it last?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou’ll receive \u003cstrong\u003e15 g of dried heritage sourdough starter\u003c\/strong\u003e. Once activated and fed regularly, this becomes a living culture that can be maintained indefinitely. With simple care, your starter can literally last a lifetime and be shared, split, or built up for larger bakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I activate the dried starter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActivation is simple: you’ll mix the dried starter with water and flour and feed it over several days, following the \u003cstrong\u003estep-by-step instructions included\u003c\/strong\u003e. Most people see good activity within \u003cstrong\u003e3–5 days\u003c\/strong\u003e, depending on room temperature and feeding schedule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long until I can bake my first loaf?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn average, you’ll be ready to bake your first loaf in about \u003cstrong\u003e4–6 days\u003c\/strong\u003e. You’ll know your starter is ready when it reliably \u003cstrong\u003erises and falls between feeds\u003c\/strong\u003e, smells pleasantly yeasty or slightly fruity, and can at least double in size after a feeding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat flour should I use to feed the starter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe recommend feeding with a good quality \u003cstrong\u003ebread flour or plain (all-purpose) wheat flour\u003c\/strong\u003e. You can also use a mix of white and wholemeal. Our mother culture is maintained on \u003cstrong\u003eorganic stoneground flour\u003c\/strong\u003e, so any similar unbleached wheat flour will keep it happy and strong.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I change flours later (e.g. to rye or wholemeal)?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. You can gradually shift your starter to \u003cstrong\u003erye, spelt or wholemeal\u003c\/strong\u003e by feeding a little more of the new flour at each feed. Just avoid sudden changes and give it a few feeds to fully adapt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I store my starter between bakes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you bake often, you can keep your starter at \u003cstrong\u003eroom temperature\u003c\/strong\u003e and feed it daily. If you bake less frequently, store it in the \u003cstrong\u003efridge\u003c\/strong\u003e and feed it about once a week. Simply take it out, give it one or two feeds at room temperature, and it will be ready to bake again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this starter gluten-free?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is a \u003cstrong\u003ewheat-based sourdough culture\u003c\/strong\u003e and contains gluten. While you can use the active starter to help leaven some alternative-flour recipes, it’s not suitable for people who need to avoid gluten entirely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat if my starter isn’t bubbling or rising properly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDon’t worry — there’s often a “quiet” phase during activation. Make sure you’re \u003cstrong\u003efeeding at the right ratio, keeping it warm (around 20–25 °C), and using chlorine-free water\u003c\/strong\u003e. If it still doesn’t show signs of life after following the instructions, just get in touch — our \u003cstrong\u003eArrive Alive Guarantee\u003c\/strong\u003e means we’ll help troubleshoot or send a replacement if needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use this starter for more than just bread?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes! Your sourdough starter is incredibly versatile. You can use it to make \u003cstrong\u003epizza dough, focaccia, pancakes, waffles, brioche, cinnamon scrolls, and more\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it safe for the starter to be shipped dry in the post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. In its dried form, the starter is \u003cstrong\u003every stable and shelf-stable for at least 6 months\u003c\/strong\u003e. We ship via \u003cstrong\u003eAustralia Post Priority\u003c\/strong\u003e, and the culture is absolutely fine with normal postal timeframes — just follow the activation instructions once it arrives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"The Fermentation Station","offers":[{"title":"Wheat","offer_id":48509236085043,"sku":"SSFW","price":19.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Rye","offer_id":48509236117811,"sku":"SSFR","price":19.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/french_sourdough_starter_front.jpg?v=1762737898"},{"product_id":"sourdough-starter-130-year-old-san-franciscan-origin","title":"Sourdough Starter - 130+ Year Old San Franciscan Origin","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n\/* Heading and accent colour *\/\n.product-description h2,\n.product-description h3 {\n  color: #5a7057;\n}\n\n\/* FAQ accordion styling *\/\n.faq-accordion details {\n  border-top: 1px solid #ddd;\n  padding: 10px 0;\n}\n.faq-accordion details:last-child {\n  border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary {\n  list-style: none;\n  cursor: pointer;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  color: #5a7057;\n  position: relative;\n  padding-right: 24px;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.faq-accordion summary::after {\n  content: '+';\n  position: absolute;\n  right: 0;\n  top: 0;\n  font-weight: 600;\n}\n.faq-accordion details[open] summary::after {\n  content: '–';\n}\n.faq-accordion p {\n  margin: 8px 0 0 0;\n  line-height: 1.6;\n  color: #333;\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSan Francisco Sourdough Starter – 130+ Year Old Culture | Bake Authentic Artisan Bread at Home\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe are excited to offer our Boudin Bakery 130+ year old San Franciscan Sourdough Starter, a true culinary treasure that we acquired on a trip to the world-renowned Boudin Bakery in San Francisco. This living culture of wild yeast and lactobacilli has been carefully cultivated and nurtured by expert bakers for over a century, resulting in a starter with a unique and complex flavour profile that is unmatched by any other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsing our Boudin Bakery 130+ year old San Franciscan Sourdough Starter is easy and will yield amazing results. Simply mix it with flour and water to create a dough, and let it rise and ferment slowly to develop its distinctive tangy flavour and chewy texture. Whether you're a seasoned baker or a complete beginner, this starter will help you create extraordinary artisan loaves at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe unique flavour and texture of this culture is a testament to generations of bakers who have tended it with care.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSan Francisco vs French – Which Starter Should You Choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth of our heritage starters bake incredible artisan loaves, but each brings something different to the table:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSan Francisco Starter (this one):\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBold, complex and tangy — the classic San Fran sourdough flavour with a chewier, more rustic crumb. Ideal for bakers who enjoy a stronger sour profile or want to recreate Boudin bakery -style breads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrench Starter:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMild, fruity and lightly tangy with a soft, versatile crumb. It’s our most popular starter and perfect for everyday loaves the whole family will enjoy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMany bakers choose both.\u003c\/strong\u003e One gives you a gentle, approachable loaf (French) and the other delivers a deeper, bolder sour (San Francisco) — making them great companions for different styles and experiments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eYou Will Receive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Dried Sourdough Starter (15g):\u003c\/strong\u003e Fed and maintained by you, this living culture will last a lifetime (or more).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-quality double-sided full-colour instruction sheet:\u003c\/strong\u003e simple, step-by-step guidance, designed to look great as part of a gift.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOngoing support:\u003c\/strong\u003e personal help whenever you need it to get the best results from your starter — email, chat or phone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePure heritage culture:\u003c\/strong\u003e The mother starter is fed exclusively on filtered chlorine-free water and wholegrain organic stoneground flour for many years.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery Details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStarters are shipped via \u003cstrong\u003eAustralia Post Priority\u003c\/strong\u003e and in their dry state are shelf stable for at least 6 months – they are ready when you are.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eArrive Alive Guarantee\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe stand behind the quality of our cultures. In the rare event your sourdough starter doesn’t activate and come alive after rehydration, we’ll send you a free replacement straight away. Your success in baking with our heritage culture is guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBaking at home allows you to produce loaves of better quality than the best you can buy for a fraction of the cost.\u003c\/strong\u003e The starter can also be used to make naturally leavened pizza, pancakes, brioche, challah, focaccia, and baguettes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose The Fermentation Station?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith over 20 years of experience and thousands of happy customers, we guarantee fresh, active cultures, fast shipping, and full support every step of your fermentation journey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- same sourdough FAQ set --\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much sourdough starter do I get, and how long will it last?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou’ll receive \u003cstrong\u003e15 g of dried heritage sourdough starter\u003c\/strong\u003e. Once activated and fed regularly, this becomes a living culture that can be maintained indefinitely. With simple care, your starter can literally last a lifetime and be shared, split, or built up for larger bakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I activate the dried starter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActivation is simple: you’ll mix the dried starter with water and flour and feed it over several days, following the \u003cstrong\u003estep-by-step instructions included\u003c\/strong\u003e. Most people see good activity within \u003cstrong\u003e3–5 days\u003c\/strong\u003e, depending on room temperature and feeding schedule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long until I can bake my first loaf?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn average, you’ll be ready to bake your first loaf in about \u003cstrong\u003e4–6 days\u003c\/strong\u003e. You’ll know your starter is ready when it reliably \u003cstrong\u003erises and falls between feeds\u003c\/strong\u003e, smells pleasantly yeasty or slightly fruity, and can at least double in size after a feeding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat flour should I use to feed the starter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe recommend feeding with a good quality \u003cstrong\u003ebread flour or plain (all-purpose) wheat flour\u003c\/strong\u003e. You can also use a mix of white and wholemeal. Our mother culture is maintained on \u003cstrong\u003eorganic stoneground flour\u003c\/strong\u003e, so any similar unbleached wheat flour will keep it happy and strong.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I change flours later (e.g. to rye or wholemeal)?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. You can gradually shift your starter to \u003cstrong\u003erye, spelt or wholemeal\u003c\/strong\u003e by feeding a little more of the new flour at each feed. Just avoid sudden changes and give it a few feeds to fully adapt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I store my starter between bakes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you bake often, you can keep your starter at \u003cstrong\u003eroom temperature\u003c\/strong\u003e and feed it daily. If you bake less frequently, store it in the \u003cstrong\u003efridge\u003c\/strong\u003e and feed it about once a week. Simply take it out, give it one or two feeds at room temperature, and it will be ready to bake again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this starter gluten-free?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is a \u003cstrong\u003ewheat-based sourdough culture\u003c\/strong\u003e and contains gluten. While you can use the active starter to help leaven some alternative-flour recipes, it’s not suitable for people who need to avoid gluten entirely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat if my starter isn’t bubbling or rising properly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDon’t worry — there’s often a “quiet” phase during activation. Make sure you’re \u003cstrong\u003efeeding at the right ratio, keeping it warm (around 20–25 °C), and using chlorine-free water\u003c\/strong\u003e. If it still doesn’t show signs of life after following the instructions, just get in touch — our \u003cstrong\u003eArrive Alive Guarantee\u003c\/strong\u003e means we’ll help troubleshoot or send a replacement if needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use this starter for more than just bread?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes! Your sourdough starter is incredibly versatile. You can use it to make \u003cstrong\u003epizza dough, focaccia, pancakes, waffles, brioche, cinnamon scrolls, and more\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it safe for the starter to be shipped dry in the post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. In its dried form, the starter is \u003cstrong\u003every stable and shelf-stable for at least 6 months\u003c\/strong\u003e. We ship via \u003cstrong\u003eAustralia Post Priority\u003c\/strong\u003e, and the culture is absolutely fine with normal postal timeframes — just follow the activation instructions once it arrives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"The Fermentation Station","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52863722127667,"sku":"SSSW","price":19.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/san_franciscan_sourdough_starter_front.jpg?v=1762737919"},{"product_id":"wooden-bread-lame","title":"Wooden Bread Lame","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n\/* Heading and accent colour *\/\n.product-copy h2,\n.product-copy h3 {\n  color: #5a7057;\n}\n\n\/* FAQ accordion styling *\/\n.faq-accordion details {\n  border-top: 1px solid #ddd;\n  padding: 10px 0;\n}\n.faq-accordion details:last-child {\n  border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary {\n  list-style: none;\n  cursor: pointer;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  color: #5a7057;\n  position: relative;\n  padding-right: 24px;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.faq-accordion summary::after {\n  content: '+';\n  position: absolute;\n  right: 0;\n  top: 0;\n  font-weight: 600;\n}\n.faq-accordion details[open] summary::after {\n  content: '–';\n}\n.faq-accordion p {\n  margin: 8px 0 0 0;\n  line-height: 1.6;\n  color: #333;\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWooden Bread Lame – Sourdough Scoring Tool\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLove those golden loaves with crisp, raised ridges and beautiful scoring?\u003c\/strong\u003e A bread lame is the essential tool for getting that classic artisan finish at home — helping your dough expand properly in the oven while adding a professional, bakery-quality look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe word \u003cem\u003elame\u003c\/em\u003e comes from the French for “blade” — and that’s exactly what it is: a simple scoring tool used to cut patterns into dough before baking. Those cuts open up in the oven, creating beautiful almond-shaped “ears” and crisp edges that improve both texture and oven spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eErgonomic wooden handle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Comfortable grip and better control while scoring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes 5 double-edged blades:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy blade changes for consistently clean cuts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtective cover included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Safer storage between bakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 19.5 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eScoring Tips\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScore cold dough for the cleanest lines (especially after a fridge proof).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse light, confident strokes — don’t press too deep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwap to a fresh blade when cuts start to drag or tear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does scoring actually do?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eScoring controls where the loaf expands during baking. It helps improve oven spring, prevents random splitting, and creates that classic artisan look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I need a lame, or can I use a knife?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can use a very sharp knife, but a lame is much easier to control and gives cleaner cuts, especially on high-hydration dough.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often should I change the blade?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhenever scoring starts to drag or tear the dough. A sharp blade makes a big difference to clean patterns and crust quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it safe to store?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — it includes a protective cover. Always keep blades out of reach of children and handle with care.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"The Fermentation Station","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47488000590131,"sku":"WBL","price":17.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/bread_lame_front.jpg?v=1764564141"},{"product_id":"danish-dough-whisk","title":"Danish Dough Whisk","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n\/* Heading and accent colour *\/\n.product-copy h2,\n.product-copy h3 {\n  color: #5a7057;\n}\n\n\/* FAQ accordion styling *\/\n.faq-accordion details {\n  border-top: 1px solid #ddd;\n  padding: 10px 0;\n}\n.faq-accordion details:last-child {\n  border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary {\n  list-style: none;\n  cursor: pointer;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  color: #5a7057;\n  position: relative;\n  padding-right: 24px;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.faq-accordion summary::after {\n  content: '+';\n  position: absolute;\n  right: 0;\n  top: 0;\n  font-weight: 600;\n}\n.faq-accordion details[open] summary::after {\n  content: '–';\n}\n.faq-accordion p {\n  margin: 8px 0 0 0;\n  line-height: 1.6;\n  color: #333;\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-copy\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eDanish Dough Whisk – Stainless Steel \u0026amp; Wooden Handle\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnleash your inner baker with the Danish dough whisk — the must-have tool for clean, quick, and effortless mixing.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eDesigned for bread-making enthusiasts, this elegant whisk combines functionality with craftsmanship, making it perfect for mixing all kinds of doughs — sourdough, pizza, pastry, or even batter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eCrafted with a sturdy stainless steel head and a comfortable wooden handle, the Danish dough whisk cuts through thick, sticky dough without overworking it, helping you achieve the perfect texture every time. Its unique looped design mixes efficiently, prevents clumps, and incorporates ingredients seamlessly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEfficient mixing:\u003c\/strong\u003e The looped design makes it easy to combine wet and dry ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-quality materials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable stainless steel with a sturdy wooden handle built to last.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for sourdough, pizza dough, pancake batter, pastry, and more.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to clean:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simple design makes cleanup quick and fuss-free.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eBakers worldwide swear by the Danish dough whisk for its ability to handle tough doughs while maintaining a light touch. It’s the tool your kitchen has been missing — especially if you’re mixing by hand and want better results with less mess.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003ePair it with our range of sourdough starters to begin your baking journey today!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"faq-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat is a Danish dough whisk used for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eIt’s used for mixing dough and batter by hand — especially sticky doughs like sourdough and pizza dough. The looped shape mixes quickly without overworking the dough.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eIs it better than a wooden spoon?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eFor many doughs, yes. It mixes faster, breaks up clumps more easily, and the dough tends to stick less than it does to a spoon.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eCan I use it for high-hydration sourdough?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. It’s excellent for wetter doughs because it moves through the mix easily and helps combine ingredients without excessive kneading.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eRinse straight after use (before dough dries on), then wash with warm soapy water and dry. To protect the wooden handle, avoid soaking for long periods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eIs it dishwasher safe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eHand washing is recommended to keep the wooden handle in the best condition long-term.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"The Fermentation Station","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47488050889011,"sku":"DDW","price":17.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/danish_dough_whisk_front.jpg?v=1764564145"},{"product_id":"bench-scraper","title":"Plastic Bench Scraper","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n\/* Heading and accent colour *\/\n.product-copy h2,\n.product-copy h3 {\n  color: #5a7057;\n}\n\n\/* FAQ accordion styling *\/\n.faq-accordion details {\n  border-top: 1px solid #ddd;\n  padding: 10px 0;\n}\n.faq-accordion details:last-child {\n  border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary {\n  list-style: none;\n  cursor: pointer;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  color: #5a7057;\n  position: relative;\n  padding-right: 24px;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.faq-accordion summary::after {\n  content: '+';\n  position: absolute;\n  right: 0;\n  top: 0;\n  font-weight: 600;\n}\n.faq-accordion details[open] summary::after {\n  content: '–';\n}\n.faq-accordion p {\n  margin: 8px 0 0 0;\n  line-height: 1.6;\n  color: #333;\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-copy\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003ePlastic Bench Scraper – Flexible Dough Scraper for Sourdough \u0026amp; Baking\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA simple tool that makes a big difference.\u003c\/strong\u003e Our plastic bench scraper is perfect for handling sticky dough, cleaning your bench, and keeping your sourdough workflow neat and effortless.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eMade from flexible, food-safe plastic, it glides under dough without tearing and scrapes up flour and residue quickly. It’s lightweight, easy to hold, and ideal for everyday baking — especially when working with high-hydration sourdough.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible edge:\u003c\/strong\u003e Slides under sticky dough without tearing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFast bench cleanup:\u003c\/strong\u003e Scrape flour, dough bits, and crumbs in seconds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreat for mixing bowls:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perfect for scraping down bowl sides with minimal waste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight \u0026amp; easy to use:\u003c\/strong\u003e A handy tool for beginners and experienced bakers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-purpose:\u003c\/strong\u003e Useful for sourdough, pizza dough, pastry, and general kitchen prep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eUse the curved edge to scrape down your mixing bowl and reduce waste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eSlide under dough to lift and move it during shaping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eScrape the bench clean after mixing and kneading.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003eCare Instructions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eWash with warm soapy water after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eDry thoroughly before storing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eAvoid high heat (do not place on hot surfaces or inside ovens).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose The Fermentation Station?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eWith over 20 years of baking and fermentation experience, we stock the simple, reliable tools that make baking easier — tested, practical, and chosen for real home bakers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"faq-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat’s the difference between a plastic scraper and a metal bench scraper?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003ePlastic scrapers are more flexible and are great for bowls and delicate dough handling. Metal scrapers are firmer and better for cutting portions or scraping stuck-on dough from the bench.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eIs it good for high-hydration sourdough?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eYes — the flexible edge makes it especially handy for wet, sticky doughs when you need to lift or tidy without tearing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eCan I use it in my mixing bowl?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. It’s perfect for scraping down bowl sides and getting the most out of your dough with less mess.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eIs it dishwasher safe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eHand washing is best for longevity. If you do use a dishwasher, keep it away from high-heat drying cycles to avoid warping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"The Fermentation Station","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47488052953395,"sku":"BSP","price":6.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/plastic_dough_scraper.jpg?v=1764564470"},{"product_id":"oval-banneton","title":"Oval Banneton with Cloth Liner","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n\/* Heading and accent colour *\/\n.product-copy h2,\n.product-copy h3 {\n  color: #5a7057;\n}\n\n\/* FAQ accordion styling *\/\n.faq-accordion details {\n  border-top: 1px solid #ddd;\n  padding: 10px 0;\n}\n.faq-accordion details:last-child {\n  border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary {\n  list-style: none;\n  cursor: pointer;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  color: #5a7057;\n  position: relative;\n  padding-right: 24px;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.faq-accordion summary::after {\n  content: '+';\n  position: absolute;\n  right: 0;\n  top: 0;\n  font-weight: 600;\n}\n.faq-accordion details[open] summary::after {\n  content: '–';\n}\n.faq-accordion p {\n  margin: 8px 0 0 0;\n  line-height: 1.6;\n  color: #333;\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-copy\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eOval Rattan Banneton Proofing Basket\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCraft beautifully shaped sourdough batards at home with our oval rattan banneton — a traditional proofing basket designed to support your dough during its final rise and create that classic artisan look.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eHandcrafted from \u003cstrong\u003e100% natural, sustainable rattan\u003c\/strong\u003e, this banneton encourages healthy airflow around your dough while it proofs. Rattan naturally \u003cstrong\u003ewicks away excess surface moisture\u003c\/strong\u003e, helping your loaf hold its shape, release cleanly, and bake with a more defined crust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eIt’s the perfect basket for dinner-party loaves and family-sized bakes — slice, share, and pair with cheese and wine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHand made:\u003c\/strong\u003e Traditional artisan-style construction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100% organically grown rattan:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural, sustainable, and breathable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFood safe rattan cane:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for bread proofing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel staples:\u003c\/strong\u003e No rust and built to last.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOval shape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for batards and rustic sharing loaves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003eWhy Use a Rattan Banneton?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eA banneton gives your dough structure during proofing, promotes more even fermentation, and helps develop a better crust. Rattan is especially loved because it’s breathable and naturally helps manage moisture — which means a cleaner release and a better-looking loaf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003eCare Instructions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eDust lightly with flour before use (rice flour works best for preventing sticking).\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eAfter use, let the banneton air-dry completely in a warm, airy spot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eBrush out excess flour and store somewhere dry between bakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eAvoid soaking — excess moisture can cause mould and weaken natural fibres.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"faq-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eDo I need to use a liner?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eNo — you can proof directly in the rattan for a more defined pattern. A liner can be helpful for very wet doughs or if you prefer a smoother finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat flour should I use to stop sticking?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eRice flour is the best option because it absorbs less moisture and is less sticky than wheat flour. A 50\/50 mix of rice flour and bread flour also works well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eCan I wash the banneton?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eIt’s best not to wash or soak rattan. Instead, let it dry fully, then brush out flour. For an occasional refresh, brush thoroughly and lightly mist with white vinegar, then air dry fully in a sunny, breezy spot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWill it grow mould?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eOnly if it’s stored damp. Make sure the basket is completely dry after each use and store it in a dry, well-ventilated place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eIs it only for sourdough?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eNo — it’s great for yeasted breads too. Any dough that benefits from structure during its final rise will do well in a banneton.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"The Fermentation Station","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47488055279923,"sku":"BO","price":24.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/oval_sourdough_banneton_front.jpg?v=1764564121"},{"product_id":"kombucha-scoby","title":"Kombucha Scoby","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrganic Kombucha SCOBY – Brew Delicious Kombucha at Home\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExperience the crisp, refreshing taste of homemade kombucha with our premium organic kombucha SCOBY.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach SCOBY is grown in small batches using \u003cstrong\u003eorganic green \u0026amp; black tea\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eorganic raw cane sugar\u003c\/strong\u003e — ensuring a strong, healthy culture that produces consistent, delicious results. Carefully nurtured in a clean, temperature-controlled environment, our SCOBY arrives active, vibrant, and ready to brew.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you’re a complete beginner or a seasoned fermenter, brewing kombucha at home is simple, rewarding, and far more affordable than store-bought. With just tea, sugar, and your SCOBY, you’ll be creating your own probiotic-rich kombucha in no time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eYou Will Receive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Kombucha SCOBY:\u003c\/strong\u003e Strong and active, ready to ferment up to \u003cstrong\u003e2 litres\u003c\/strong\u003e straight away.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStarter liquid:\u003c\/strong\u003e Provides essential acidity to ensure your first fermentation is safe and successful.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-quality double-sided full-colour instruction sheet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clear, step-by-step guidance — designed to look great as part of a gift.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOngoing Support:\u003c\/strong\u003e Personal help whenever you need it — email, chat or phone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003eArrive Alive Guarantee\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe stand behind the quality of our cultures. In the rare event your \u003cstrong\u003ekombucha SCOBY\u003c\/strong\u003e doesn’t arrive alive and active, we’ll send a free replacement immediately. Your success is 100% guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose Our Kombucha SCOBY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrown on \u003cstrong\u003eorganic teas and raw cane sugar\u003c\/strong\u003e for the cleanest flavour and strongest fermentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThick, active SCOBYs that start fermenting quickly and reliably.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for beginners — simple process, full instructions, and personal support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsistent results trusted by thousands of Australian home brewers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBacked by 20+ years of fermentation experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003eWhy Choose The Fermentation Station?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith over 20 years of experience and thousands of happy customers, we guarantee fresh, active cultures, fast shipping, and full support every step of your fermentation journey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003ca title=\"Kombucha FAQ\" href=\"https:\/\/thefermentationstation.com.au\/blogs\/faq\/kombucha-faq\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e \u003csummary\u003eHow much kombucha can I brew with this SCOBY?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can brew up to \u003cstrong\u003e2 litres per batch\u003c\/strong\u003e immediately. Your SCOBY will grow with each brew, allowing you to make even larger batches over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e \u003cdetails\u003e \u003csummary\u003eHow long does kombucha take to ferment?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically \u003cstrong\u003e4–6 days\u003c\/strong\u003e depending on temperature. Warmer rooms ferment faster, cooler rooms slower. Taste from day 4 until it reaches your ideal balance of sweetness and tang.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e \u003cdetails\u003e \u003csummary\u003eWhat tea should I use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse \u003cstrong\u003eblack tea, green tea, or a blend\u003c\/strong\u003e. Avoid herbal teas, flavoured teas, or anything containing oils — they can weaken or harm the SCOBY.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e \u003cdetails\u003e \u003csummary\u003eDo I need to use raw cane sugar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegular white sugar works well, but \u003cstrong\u003eorganic raw cane sugar\u003c\/strong\u003e produces the best flavour and strongest SCOBY growth. Avoid honey, coconut sugar, and artificial sweeteners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e \u003cdetails\u003e \u003csummary\u003eCan I reuse the SCOBY?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes! A kombucha SCOBY is \u003cstrong\u003efully reusable and self-renewing\u003c\/strong\u003e. With each batch, it grows a new “baby” SCOBY you can keep, share, or use to brew more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e \u003cdetails\u003e \u003csummary\u003eHow do I store my SCOBY if I take a break?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep it in a jar of kombucha (“SCOBY hotel”) at room temperature. Top up with fresh sweet tea every few weeks to keep it healthy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e \u003cdetails\u003e \u003csummary\u003eWhat if my SCOBY doesn’t activate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer a full \u003cstrong\u003eArrive Alive Guarantee\u003c\/strong\u003e — if it doesn’t ferment within a few days, we’ll replace it free of charge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"The Fermentation Station","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47488096338227,"sku":"SKOM","price":24.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/konbucha_scoby_front.jpg?v=1762737938"},{"product_id":"jun-scoby","title":"Jun Scoby","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n\/* Heading and accent colour *\/\n.product-copy h2,\n.product-copy h3 {\n  color: #5a7057;\n}\n\n\/* FAQ accordion styling *\/\n.faq-accordion details {\n  border-top: 1px solid #ddd;\n  padding: 10px 0;\n}\n.faq-accordion details:last-child {\n  border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary {\n  list-style: none;\n  cursor: pointer;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  color: #5a7057;\n  position: relative;\n  padding-right: 24px;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.faq-accordion summary::after {\n  content: '+';\n  position: absolute;\n  right: 0;\n  top: 0;\n  font-weight: 600;\n}\n.faq-accordion details[open] summary::after {\n  content: '–';\n}\n.faq-accordion p {\n  margin: 8px 0 0 0;\n  line-height: 1.6;\n  color: #333;\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrganic Jun SCOBY – The Delicate Honey-Based Kombucha Alternative\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDiscover the light, floral flavour of Jun — a refined, honey-sweet fermented tea made with green tea and raw honey.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOften called the “champagne of kombucha”, \u003cstrong\u003eJun tea\u003c\/strong\u003e is smooth, lightly effervescent, and less acidic than traditional kombucha. Our \u003cstrong\u003eorganic Jun SCOBY\u003c\/strong\u003e is grown in a pristine, temperature-controlled environment using only organic green tea and raw honey to ensure a thriving, resilient culture every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you're new to fermentation or a long-time brewer, Jun offers a refreshing, probiotic-rich drink that’s easy to make and a pleasure to sip. In just a few simple steps, you’ll be creating your own batches of fragrant, gut-friendly Jun tea at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eYou Will Receive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Jun SCOBY:\u003c\/strong\u003e Strong and active, ready to brew up to \u003cstrong\u003e2 litres\u003c\/strong\u003e straight away.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStarter liquid:\u003c\/strong\u003e Provides proper acidity to ensure your first brew ferments safely and successfully.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-quality double-sided full-colour instruction sheet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clear, step-by-step guidance — designed to look great as part of a gift.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOngoing Support:\u003c\/strong\u003e Personal help whenever you need it — email, chat or phone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eArrive Alive Guarantee\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe stand behind the quality of our live cultures. In the rare event your \u003cstrong\u003eJun SCOBY\u003c\/strong\u003e doesn’t arrive alive and active, we’ll send a free replacement right away. Your success in brewing Jun tea is guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose Our Jun SCOBY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrown on \u003cstrong\u003eorganic green tea and raw honey\u003c\/strong\u003e for a clean, floral, premium flavour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLess acidic and smoother than kombucha — perfect for those wanting a lighter, more refreshing fermented drink.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong, active culture with consistent performance and quick fermentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBacked by 20+ years of fermentation experience and trusted by thousands of home brewers across Australia.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimple brewing process with full instructions and personalised support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose The Fermentation Station?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith over 20 years of experience and thousands of happy customers, we guarantee fresh, active cultures, fast shipping, and full support every step of your fermentation journey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003ca title=\"JUN FAQ\" href=\"https:\/\/thefermentationstation.com.au\/blogs\/faq\/jun-faq\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is Jun, and how is it different from kombucha?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJun is a fermented tea made with \u003cstrong\u003egreen tea and raw honey\u003c\/strong\u003e, producing a lighter, smoother and more floral drink compared to kombucha, which uses black tea and cane sugar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much Jun tea can I brew with this SCOBY?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour SCOBY can ferment up to \u003cstrong\u003e2 litres per batch\u003c\/strong\u003e straight away. With ongoing care, it will continue producing indefinitely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I need raw honey, or can I use regular honey?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRaw honey is essential. Regular supermarket honey is heated and filtered, which can weaken or even harm a Jun SCOBY. Always use \u003cstrong\u003eraw, unprocessed honey\u003c\/strong\u003e for the best results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of tea should I use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJun requires \u003cstrong\u003eorganic green tea\u003c\/strong\u003e. Avoid black tea, herbal blends, flavoured teas, or anything containing oils — they can harm the SCOBY.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long does Jun take to ferment?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically \u003cstrong\u003e4–6 days\u003c\/strong\u003e, depending on temperature. Warmer rooms ferment faster, cooler rooms slower. Taste daily from day 3 to find your perfect flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I reuse the SCOBY?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes! A Jun SCOBY is \u003cstrong\u003efully reusable and self-renewing\u003c\/strong\u003e. After each batch, simply brew again with fresh tea and honey. It will also grow new layers (a “baby” SCOBY) you can use or share.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow should I store the SCOBY if I'm taking a break?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace it in a jar with sweetened green tea and keep it in the fridge (“SCOBY hotel”). Feed with fresh tea and honey every 4–6 weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat if my SCOBY doesn’t activate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer an \u003cstrong\u003eArrive Alive Guarantee\u003c\/strong\u003e — if your SCOBY doesn’t ferment within a few days, we’ll replace it free of charge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"The Fermentation Station","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47488099221811,"sku":"SJUN","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/jun_scoby_front.jpg?v=1762737968"},{"product_id":"ufo-bread-lame","title":"UFO Bread Lame","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n\/* Heading and accent colour *\/\n.product-copy h2,\n.product-copy h3 {\n  color: #5a7057;\n}\n\n\/* FAQ accordion styling *\/\n.faq-accordion details {\n  border-top: 1px solid #ddd;\n  padding: 10px 0;\n}\n.faq-accordion details:last-child {\n  border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary {\n  list-style: none;\n  cursor: pointer;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  color: #5a7057;\n  position: relative;\n  padding-right: 24px;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.faq-accordion summary::after {\n  content: '+';\n  position: absolute;\n  right: 0;\n  top: 0;\n  font-weight: 600;\n}\n.faq-accordion details[open] summary::after {\n  content: '–';\n}\n.faq-accordion p {\n  margin: 8px 0 0 0;\n  line-height: 1.6;\n  color: #333;\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-copy\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eUFO Bread Lame – Precision Sourdough Scoring Tool (Includes 5 Blades)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTake your scoring skills to the next level.\u003c\/strong\u003e This UFO-style bread lame makes it easy to create clean, controlled cuts — from simple ears to intricate patterns — helping your loaf expand evenly in the oven while looking amazing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eWith no long handle to get in the way, you get total freedom of movement and better visibility as you score. Your patterns are only limited by your imagination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eThe lame includes \u003cstrong\u003e5 replacement blades\u003c\/strong\u003e, and for safety the blade \u003cstrong\u003efolds neatly into the lame\u003c\/strong\u003e when not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUFO-style design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Comfortable to hold and easy to control for detailed scoring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo handle obstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e More freedom and visibility for creative patterns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCleaner expansion:\u003c\/strong\u003e Helps guide oven spring for more even baking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFold-away blade:\u003c\/strong\u003e Safer storage between bakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes 5 spare blades:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ready to keep you scoring for the long haul.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eScore on cold dough for the cleanest lines (especially after a fridge proof).\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eUse light, confident strokes — let the blade do the work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eSwap blades as soon as cuts start to drag for best results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose The Fermentation Station?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eWe only stock tools we actually use and recommend — practical, reliable gear that helps you bake better sourdough at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"faq-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eIs this lame beginner-friendly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eYes. The UFO shape is easy to control and helps you make clean cuts with less hand strain, even if you’re new to scoring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eHow often do I need to change the blade?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eWhenever scoring starts to drag or tear the dough. A sharp blade makes a huge difference to clean patterns and oven spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eDoes the blade fold away for storage?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eYes — the blade folds into the lame when not in use for safer handling and storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eDoes it come with spare blades?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eYes — it includes \u003cstrong\u003e5 replacement blades\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"The Fermentation Station","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52318638735667,"sku":"UFO","price":12.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/ufo_lame_front.jpg?v=1764564156"},{"product_id":"sourdough-baking-kit","title":"Sourdough Baking Kit","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n\/* Heading and accent colour *\/\n.product-description h2,\n.product-description h3 {\n  color: #5a7057;\n}\n\n\/* FAQ accordion styling *\/\n.faq-accordion details {\n  border-top: 1px solid #ddd;\n  padding: 10px 0;\n}\n.faq-accordion details:last-child {\n  border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary {\n  list-style: none;\n  cursor: pointer;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  color: #5a7057;\n  position: relative;\n  padding-right: 24px;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.faq-accordion summary::after {\n  content: '+';\n  position: absolute;\n  right: 0;\n  top: 0;\n  font-weight: 600;\n}\n.faq-accordion details[open] summary::after {\n  content: '–';\n}\n.faq-accordion p {\n  margin: 8px 0 0 0;\n  line-height: 1.6;\n  color: #333;\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSourdough Baking Kit – Organic Culture with Banneton \u0026amp; Complete Baking Tools\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlock the joy of sourdough baking with our \u003cb\u003eSourdough Baking Kit\u003c\/b\u003e, a complete set designed to help you create bakery-quality sourdough at home. Perfect for beginners and experienced bakers alike, this kit includes everything you need for a successful and rewarding baking experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eChoosing Your Starter: French or San Franciscan?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/thefermentationstation.com.au\/products\/sourdough-starter-106-year-old-french-origin\"\u003eFrench Sourdough Starter\u003c\/a\u003e:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild, fruity and lightly tangy with a soft crumb. Perfect for everyday loaves and our most popular choice for beginners and families.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/thefermentationstation.com.au\/products\/sourdough-starter-130-year-old-san-franciscan-origin\"\u003eSan Franciscan Sourdough Starter\u003c\/a\u003e:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bold, complex and distinctly tangy — the classic Boudin bakery flavour with a chewier, rustic texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot sure which to pick?\u003c\/strong\u003e You can’t go wrong with either, and many bakers eventually try both to explore the different flavours and textures they produce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat’s Included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Dried Sourdough Starter (15g):\u003c\/strong\u003e A robust, heritage culture fed on chlorine-free water and organic stoneground flour for many years — designed to last a lifetime.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandmade unbleached cane banneton with organic linen liner:\u003c\/strong\u003e choose from \u003cb\u003e20 cm round\u003c\/b\u003e or \u003cb\u003e25 cm oval\u003c\/b\u003e for perfectly shaped loaves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDanish dough whisk:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for mixing sticky sourdough dough.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBench scraper:\u003c\/strong\u003e For clean shaping and handling of dough.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWooden-handled lame with 5 blades:\u003c\/strong\u003e Professional scoring tool for beautiful loaf patterns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-quality double-sided full-colour instruction sheet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clear, step-by-step guidance — designed to look great as part of a gift.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOngoing Support:\u003c\/strong\u003e personal help whenever you need it to get the best results from your starter — email, chat or phone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Baking Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA complete baking setup with the essential tools needed to \u003cb\u003emix, shape, proof and score\u003c\/b\u003e beautiful artisan loaves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes a premium banneton and quality tools for reliable results, whether you're new to sourdough or levelling up your skills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA versatile heritage starter perfect for \u003cb\u003esourdough bread, pizza dough, focaccia, brioche, pancakes, and more\u003c\/b\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear, step-by-step instructions help you achieve bakery-quality loaves from your very first bake.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe perfect mid-tier kit for bakers who want professional tools without the extra accessories included in our Master Kit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery Details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStarters are shipped in their dry state and are shelf-stable for at least 6 months — activate and bake whenever you’re ready.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eArrive Alive Guarantee\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe want you to order with confidence. In the rare event your \u003cb\u003eorganic sourdough starter\u003c\/b\u003e doesn’t activate after rehydration, we’ll send a free replacement straight away. Your success is guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose The Fermentation Station?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith over 20 years of experience and thousands of happy customers, we guarantee fresh, active cultures, fast shipping, and full support every step of your fermentation journey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- same FAQ block as Master Kit --\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much sourdough starter do I get, and how long will it last?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou’ll receive \u003cstrong\u003e15 g of dried heritage sourdough starter\u003c\/strong\u003e. Once activated and fed regularly, this becomes a living culture that can be maintained indefinitely. With simple care, your starter can literally last a lifetime and be shared, split, or built up for larger bakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I activate the dried starter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActivation is simple: you’ll mix the dried starter with water and flour and feed it over several days, following the \u003cstrong\u003estep-by-step instructions included in your kit\u003c\/strong\u003e. Most people see good activity within \u003cstrong\u003e3–5 days\u003c\/strong\u003e, depending on room temperature and feeding schedule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long until I can bake my first loaf?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn average, you’ll be ready to bake your first loaf in about \u003cstrong\u003e4–6 days\u003c\/strong\u003e. You’ll know your starter is ready when it reliably \u003cstrong\u003erises and falls between feeds\u003c\/strong\u003e, smells pleasantly yeasty or slightly fruity, and can at least double in size after a feeding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat flour should I use to feed the starter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe recommend feeding with a good quality \u003cstrong\u003ebread flour or plain (all-purpose) wheat flour\u003c\/strong\u003e. You can also use a mix of white and wholemeal. Our mother culture is maintained on \u003cstrong\u003eorganic stoneground flour\u003c\/strong\u003e, so any similar unbleached wheat flour will keep it happy and strong.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I change flours later (e.g. to rye or wholemeal)?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. You can gradually shift your starter to \u003cstrong\u003erye, spelt or wholemeal\u003c\/strong\u003e by feeding a little more of the new flour at each feed. Just avoid sudden changes and give it a few feeds to fully adapt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I store my starter between bakes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you bake often, you can keep your starter at \u003cstrong\u003eroom temperature\u003c\/strong\u003e and feed it daily. If you bake less frequently, store it in the \u003cstrong\u003efridge\u003c\/strong\u003e and feed it about once a week. Simply take it out, give it one or two feeds at room temperature, and it will be ready to bake again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this starter gluten-free?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is a \u003cstrong\u003ewheat-based sourdough culture\u003c\/strong\u003e and contains gluten. While you can use the active starter to help leaven some alternative-flour recipes, it’s not suitable for people who need to avoid gluten entirely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat if my starter isn’t bubbling or rising properly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDon’t worry — there’s often a “quiet” phase during activation. Make sure you’re \u003cstrong\u003efeeding at the right ratio, keeping it warm (around 20–25 °C), and using chlorine-free water\u003c\/strong\u003e. If it still doesn’t show signs of life after following the instructions, just get in touch — our \u003cstrong\u003eArrive Alive Guarantee\u003c\/strong\u003e means we’ll help troubleshoot or send a replacement if needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use this starter for more than just bread?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes! Your sourdough starter is incredibly versatile. You can use it to make \u003cstrong\u003epizza dough, focaccia, pancakes, waffles, brioche, cinnamon scrolls, and more\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it safe for the starter to be shipped dry in the post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. In its dried form, the starter is \u003cstrong\u003every stable and shelf-stable for at least 6 months\u003c\/strong\u003e. We ship via \u003cstrong\u003eAustralia Post Priority\u003c\/strong\u003e, and the culture is absolutely fine with normal postal timeframes — just follow the activation instructions once it arrives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"The Fermentation Station","offers":[{"title":"106+ year old French Wheat \/ Oval","offer_id":48507807301939,"sku":"BKFWO","price":74.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"106+ year old French Wheat \/ Round","offer_id":52969586983219,"sku":"BKFWR","price":74.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"106+ year old French Rye \/ Oval","offer_id":49212681552179,"sku":"BKFRO","price":74.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"106+ year old French Rye \/ Round","offer_id":52969587015987,"sku":"BKFRR","price":74.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"130+ year old San Franciscan Wheat \/ Oval","offer_id":48507807334707,"sku":"BKSWO","price":74.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"130+ year old San Franciscan Wheat \/ Round","offer_id":52969587048755,"sku":"BKSWR","price":74.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/sourdough_baking_kit.jpg?v=1764236965"},{"product_id":"bow-handle-bread-knife","title":"Bow Handle Bread Knife","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n\/* Heading and accent colour *\/\n.product-description h2,\n.product-description h3 {\n  color: #5a7057;\n}\n\n\/* FAQ accordion styling *\/\n.faq-accordion details {\n  border-top: 1px solid #ddd;\n  padding: 10px 0;\n}\n.faq-accordion details:last-child {\n  border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary {\n  list-style: none;\n  cursor: pointer;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  color: #5a7057;\n  position: relative;\n  padding-right: 24px;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.faq-accordion summary::after {\n  content: '+';\n  position: absolute;\n  right: 0;\n  top: 0;\n  font-weight: 600;\n}\n.faq-accordion details[open] summary::after {\n  content: '–';\n}\n.faq-accordion p {\n  margin: 8px 0 0 0;\n  line-height: 1.6;\n  color: #333;\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHandmade Bow-Handled Bread Knife – Precision Meets Craftsmanship\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your bread-cutting ritual with our \u003cstrong\u003eHandmade Bow-Handled Bread Knife\u003c\/strong\u003e. Beautifully crafted with care and precision, this artisan tool brings grace, balance, and effortless control to your kitchen — perfect for slicing everything from rustic sourdough to soft, fluffy loaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandcrafted Excellence\u003c\/strong\u003e – Each knife is individually handmade, making every piece unique. The craftsmanship and attention to detail ensure lasting quality and timeless charm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eErgonomic Bow Handle\u003c\/strong\u003e – Designed for comfort and precision, the curved wooden handle fits naturally in your hand, allowing smooth, even slicing with minimal effort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSharp, Durable Serrated Blade\u003c\/strong\u003e – Forged from premium stainless steel, the blade glides through crusts without crushing the crumb — ideal for sourdough, baguettes, and brioche alike.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNatural \u0026amp; Sustainable Materials\u003c\/strong\u003e – Crafted from sustainably sourced wood and finished with food-safe oils, this knife combines beauty, function, and eco-conscious design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePerfect for Everyday Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether it’s a crusty sourdough loaf or a delicate brioche, this bow-handled knife ensures clean, satisfying cuts every time. Its balanced design offers superior control, transforming even the simplest slice into a moment of satisfaction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Choose Our Handmade Bow-Handled Bread Knife?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBring artisan craftsmanship to your kitchen with a knife that looks as beautiful as it performs. Ideal for thoughtful gifting or as a lasting addition to your own kitchen, this piece embodies both artistry and practicality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the perfect blend of form and function — where tradition, design, and performance meet in every slice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat makes a bow-handled knife different?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe unique bow shape provides superior balance and control, allowing smoother slicing with less pressure — especially through crusty sourdoughs and artisan loaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs each knife really handmade?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes! Every knife is individually handcrafted, meaning no two are exactly alike. You’ll receive a one-of-a-kind piece with subtle variations that highlight the maker’s skill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wood is used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe use sustainably sourced hardwoods finished with natural, food-safe oils for durability, comfort, and an organic feel in the hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow should I care for my knife?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe clean after use and avoid soaking or dishwashers. Occasionally apply a small amount of food-safe oil to the handle to maintain its finish and longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this knife suitable for all types of bread?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. It’s perfect for sourdough, sandwich loaves, baguettes, brioche, or any crusty or soft bread you bake at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"The Fermentation Station","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48513311408435,"sku":"BHBK","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/bow_handled_bread_knife.jpg?v=1764564126"},{"product_id":"gift-card","title":"The Fermentation Station Gift Card","description":"\u003cp\u003eLooking for the ideal gift for someone who loves making their own fermented foods? Our gift card is the perfect solution! Whether they’re a seasoned fermenter or just starting their journey, this gift card lets them choose exactly what they need from our collection of premium fermentation products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWhat We Offer:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cb\u003eSourdough Starters:\u003c\/b\u003e Perfect for baking fresh, tangy bread right at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e•\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cb\u003eMilk Kefir Grains:\u003c\/b\u003e Create delicious, probiotic-rich kefir for a healthy lifestyle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e•\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cb\u003eWater Kefir Grains:\u003c\/b\u003e Brew refreshing, effervescent water kefir drinks with ease.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e•\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cb\u003eKombucha SCOBYs:\u003c\/b\u003e Craft your own tangy, flavorful kombucha with our high-quality SCOBYs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWhy You’ll Love Our Gift Card:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cb\u003eFlexible Choice:\u003c\/b\u003e Let them pick their favorite fermentation supplies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e•\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cb\u003eConvenient:\u003c\/b\u003e Delivered electronically for instant gifting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e•\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cb\u003eNo Expiry:\u003c\/b\u003e Use anytime, no rush!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGive the gift of delicious, homemade fermented foods and let your friends and family explore the world of fermentation with our versatile gift card.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eOrder yours today and spread the joy of fermentation!\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Fermentation Station","offers":[{"title":"$50","offer_id":50181446697267,"sku":"","price":50.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"$75","offer_id":52417919353139,"sku":null,"price":75.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"$100","offer_id":50181446730035,"sku":"","price":100.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"$150","offer_id":52417890418995,"sku":null,"price":150.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/The_Fermentation_final.png?v=1700040347"},{"product_id":"silicone-baking-mat","title":"Silicone Baking Mat","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n\/* Heading and accent colour *\/\n.product-copy h2,\n.product-copy h3 {\n  color: #5a7057;\n}\n\n\/* FAQ accordion styling *\/\n.faq-accordion details {\n  border-top: 1px solid #ddd;\n  padding: 10px 0;\n}\n.faq-accordion details:last-child {\n  border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary {\n  list-style: none;\n  cursor: pointer;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  color: #5a7057;\n  position: relative;\n  padding-right: 24px;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.faq-accordion summary::after {\n  content: '+';\n  position: absolute;\n  right: 0;\n  top: 0;\n  font-weight: 600;\n}\n.faq-accordion details[open] summary::after {\n  content: '–';\n}\n.faq-accordion p {\n  margin: 8px 0 0 0;\n  line-height: 1.6;\n  color: #333;\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-copy\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eSilicone Baking Mat with Long Handles – Reusable Dutch Oven Sling\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSay goodbye to wasted baking paper.\u003c\/strong\u003e Meet our Silicone Baking Mat — a durable, reusable, non-stick baking sling designed to make sourdough baking easier, safer, and more consistent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eDitch the hassle of parchment paper and embrace the ease of a high-heat silicone mat that supports your dough from proof to bake. It provides a reliable non-stick surface and helps prevent sticking, tearing, and messy transfers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe best part?\u003c\/strong\u003e Sturdy, extra-long handles let you confidently lower your dough into a hot Dutch oven without awkward manoeuvres (or burnt hands). It’s the simple upgrade that makes a big difference — whether you’re brand new to sourdough or baking every week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReusable alternative to baking paper:\u003c\/strong\u003e Less waste, less fuss, more bakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-stick silicone surface:\u003c\/strong\u003e Helps prevent sticking and makes cleanup easy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong, sturdy handles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Safely lift and lower dough into a hot Dutch oven.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreat for sourdough \u0026amp; more:\u003c\/strong\u003e Useful for breads, rolls, and general baking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for convenience:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simple to wash, dry, and store between bakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003ePlace dough on the mat after shaping (or after tipping from your banneton).\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eScore as usual, then use the handles to lower the dough into the pre-heated Dutch oven.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eBake as normal, then lift the loaf out safely using the handles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRound:\u003c\/strong\u003e 56 cm x 21 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOval:\u003c\/strong\u003e 58 cm x 18 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose The Fermentation Station?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eWith over 20 years of baking and fermentation experience, we only stock tools that genuinely make baking easier — practical, durable, and chosen to help you get better results at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"faq-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eIs this mat suitable for Dutch ovens?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eYes — it’s designed specifically to help you transfer dough safely into hot Dutch ovens using the long handles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eCan I replace baking paper completely?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eFor most Dutch oven sourdough bakes, yes. It’s a reusable alternative that reduces waste and makes transfers easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eWash with warm soapy water, rinse, and air dry. Make sure it’s fully dry before storing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWill it fit my Dutch oven?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eIt suits most common round and oval Dutch ovens. If your pot is unusually small, compare the mat width to your pot’s internal diameter before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"The Fermentation Station","offers":[{"title":"Round","offer_id":50594789884211,"sku":"SBMR","price":14.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Oval","offer_id":50594789916979,"sku":"SBMO","price":14.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/round_sourdough_baking_mat.jpg?v=1764564081"},{"product_id":"mesh-flour-duster","title":"Mesh Flour Duster","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n\/* Heading and accent colour *\/\n.product-copy h2,\n.product-copy h3 {\n  color: #5a7057;\n}\n\n\/* FAQ accordion styling *\/\n.faq-accordion details {\n  border-top: 1px solid #ddd;\n  padding: 10px 0;\n}\n.faq-accordion details:last-child {\n  border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary {\n  list-style: none;\n  cursor: pointer;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  color: #5a7057;\n  position: relative;\n  padding-right: 24px;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.faq-accordion summary::after {\n  content: '+';\n  position: absolute;\n  right: 0;\n  top: 0;\n  font-weight: 600;\n}\n.faq-accordion details[open] summary::after {\n  content: '–';\n}\n.faq-accordion p {\n  margin: 8px 0 0 0;\n  line-height: 1.6;\n  color: #333;\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-copy\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eStainless Steel Flour Shaker with Plastic Lid\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis stainless steel flour shaker is a must-have tool for any home baker — perfect for achieving an even, light dusting of flour every time.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eIdeal for prepping your bench, dough, and banneton, it helps you control flour coverage without clumps or heavy patches. The snug plastic lid keeps flour fresher between bakes and makes refilling and cleaning quick and easy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEven flour coverage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Creates a light, consistent dusting for cleaner shaping and better handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel body:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable, rust-resistant, and built for everyday use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlastic lid:\u003c\/strong\u003e Helps keep flour fresh and makes storage tidy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick to refill \u0026amp; clean:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simple design with no fuss.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePerfect for sourdough:\u003c\/strong\u003e Great for bannetons, dough tops, scoring, and bench prep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003eBaking Tip\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor best results, use rice flour\u003c\/strong\u003e to dust your banneton and dough. It’s far less sticky than wheat flour, making it easier to turn out your loaf cleanly after proofing. Bread flour works too in a pinch, but rice flour is the go-to for consistent release.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose The Fermentation Station?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eWith over 20 years of baking and fermentation experience, we stock tools that make baking easier and more enjoyable — practical, reliable, and chosen to support better sourdough results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"faq-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat flour should I put in the shaker?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eYou can use bread flour, rice flour, or a blend. Many sourdough bakers prefer rice flour for bannetons because it helps prevent sticking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eIs it only for sourdough?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eNo — it’s handy for any baking where you want a light dusting: pastry, pizza dough, cake tins, and bench prep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eEmpty any remaining flour, wipe out with a dry cloth, or rinse if needed and dry thoroughly before refilling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWill the lid keep moisture out?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe lid helps protect flour from dust and keeps things tidy, but always store in a cool, dry place for best freshness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"The Fermentation Station","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50801491181875,"sku":"DUST","price":6.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/bread_flour_duster.jpg?v=1764564116"},{"product_id":"metal-bench-scraper","title":"Stainless Steel Bench Scraper","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n\/* Heading and accent colour *\/\n.product-copy h2,\n.product-copy h3 {\n  color: #5a7057;\n}\n\n\/* FAQ accordion styling *\/\n.faq-accordion details {\n  border-top: 1px solid #ddd;\n  padding: 10px 0;\n}\n.faq-accordion details:last-child {\n  border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary {\n  list-style: none;\n  cursor: pointer;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  color: #5a7057;\n  position: relative;\n  padding-right: 24px;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.faq-accordion summary::after {\n  content: '+';\n  position: absolute;\n  right: 0;\n  top: 0;\n  font-weight: 600;\n}\n.faq-accordion details[open] summary::after {\n  content: '–';\n}\n.faq-accordion p {\n  margin: 8px 0 0 0;\n  line-height: 1.6;\n  color: #333;\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStainless Steel Bench Scraper with Wooden Handle\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLevel up your sourdough skills with this stylish and sturdy stainless steel bench scraper — perfect for handling sticky dough, shaping loaves, and keeping your bench spotless.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn essential tool for any sourdough baker, this scraper makes it easy to lift, portion, and move dough without tearing, while also cleaning every bit of flour and residue off your work surface in seconds. Finished with a comfortable wooden handle, it feels great in the hand and looks beautiful in any kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel blade:\u003c\/strong\u003e Strong, durable, and ideal for sticky dough.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComfortable wooden handle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy grip for controlled scraping and dough handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean cuts \u0026amp; easy portioning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Great for dividing dough, pastry, and even chopping soft ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMess-free bench cleanup:\u003c\/strong\u003e Scrape flour, dough bits, and crumbs quickly and easily.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEveryday baking essential:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perfect for sourdough, pizza dough, pastries, and more.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the flat edge to lift and move dough during shaping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScrape your bench clean after mixing, kneading, or stretching and folding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDivide dough into portions with a firm straight-down press.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose The Fermentation Station?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith over 20 years of baking and fermentation experience, we only stock tools we genuinely use and love. Quality, durability, and practical design — so you can bake with confidence every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is a bench scraper used for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt’s used to lift and handle dough, divide portions cleanly, and scrape your bench free of flour and dough residue. It’s one of the most useful tools for sourdough baking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it suitable for very sticky dough?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the firm stainless steel edge is ideal for lifting and gathering high-hydration doughs without tearing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it for things other than sourdough?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDefinitely. It’s great for pizza dough, pastry, chopping soft ingredients, moving chopped veg, and general bench cleanup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe or rinse after use and dry thoroughly. To protect the wooden handle, avoid soaking for long periods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"The Fermentation Station","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50971085963571,"sku":"SSBS","price":11.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/metal_dough_scraper.jpg?v=1764564273"},{"product_id":"organic-stoneground-wholewheat-bakers-flour","title":"Organic Stoneground Wholewheat Bakers Flour","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n\/* Heading and accent colour *\/\n.product-copy h2,\n.product-copy h3 {\n  color: #5a7057;\n}\n\n\/* FAQ accordion styling *\/\n.faq-accordion details {\n  border-top: 1px solid #ddd;\n  padding: 10px 0;\n}\n.faq-accordion details:last-child {\n  border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary {\n  list-style: none;\n  cursor: pointer;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  color: #5a7057;\n  position: relative;\n  padding-right: 24px;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.faq-accordion summary::after {\n  content: '+';\n  position: absolute;\n  right: 0;\n  top: 0;\n  font-weight: 600;\n}\n.faq-accordion details[open] summary::after {\n  content: '–';\n}\n.faq-accordion p {\n  margin: 8px 0 0 0;\n  line-height: 1.6;\n  color: #333;\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-copy\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eOrganic Stoneground Wholewheat Bakers Flour – Premium Australian Wholemeal Bread Flour\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOur Organic Stoneground Wholewheat Bakers Flour\u003c\/strong\u003e is the perfect choice for artisan bread lovers who want the best of both worlds: the light, open crumb of white flour with the added flavour, fibre, and nutrition of wholegrain. Stone-milled from \u003cstrong\u003e100% premium Australian wheat\u003c\/strong\u003e grown in the renowned \u003cem\u003eGolden Triangle\u003c\/em\u003e of Northern NSW, this flour retains a portion of the bran and germ, giving it a creamy colour, rich aroma, and fuller taste—without compromising on rise or texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eIdeal for \u003cstrong\u003esourdough baking\u003c\/strong\u003e, long fermentation breads, and yeasted loaves, it offers a perfect balance of strength, flavour, and versatility. Whether you’re creating rustic boules, everyday sandwich loaves, or enriched doughs, this flour delivers consistent results and a wholesome, hearty flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003eWhy bakers choose our Organic Wholewheat Flour:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eLocally grown in the \u003cem\u003eGolden Triangle\u003c\/em\u003e, Northern NSW – milled from premium Australian wheat\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eHigher fibre and nutrient content than conventional white flour\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eExcellent gluten development – ideal for sourdough and artisan bread baking\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eBiodynamic organic, with no additives, chemicals, or bleaching agents\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eBring authentic bakery-quality results to your kitchen with our \u003cstrong\u003eorganic stoneground wholemeal flour\u003c\/strong\u003e – trusted by sourdough bakers across Australia for flavour, performance, and tradition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"The Fermentation Station","offers":[{"title":"1kg","offer_id":51621492293939,"sku":"BFWW","price":9.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/bakers_flour_stoneground_wheat.jpg?v=1754010925"},{"product_id":"milk-kefir-growth-premix","title":"Milk Kefir Growth Premix","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n\/* Heading and accent colour *\/\n.product-copy h2,\n.product-copy h3 {\n  color: #5a7057;\n}\n\n\/* FAQ accordion styling *\/\n.faq-accordion details {\n  border-top: 1px solid #ddd;\n  padding: 10px 0;\n}\n.faq-accordion details:last-child {\n  border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary {\n  list-style: none;\n  cursor: pointer;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  color: #5a7057;\n  position: relative;\n  padding-right: 24px;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.faq-accordion summary::after {\n  content: '+';\n  position: absolute;\n  right: 0;\n  top: 0;\n  font-weight: 600;\n}\n.faq-accordion details[open] summary::after {\n  content: '–';\n}\n.faq-accordion p {\n  margin: 8px 0 0 0;\n  line-height: 1.6;\n  color: #333;\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMilk Kefir Growth Premix – Nourish \u0026amp; Strengthen Your Grains\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA nourishing blend of \u003cstrong\u003eColostrum Powder\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eWhey Protein Isolate\u003c\/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Inulin (Prebiotic Fibre)\u003c\/strong\u003e to help your milk kefir grains thrive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSometimes your grains just need a little extra support — whether they’re new, recovering from the post, or fermenting slowly in cooler weather. This gentle growth premix is designed to feed and strengthen your grains without affecting the flavour of your kefir.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Bovine Colostrum Powder\u003c\/strong\u003e – rich in nutrients and immune factors to support grain health\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Whey Protein Isolate\u003c\/strong\u003e – a clean protein source that encourages grain growth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Inulin\u003c\/strong\u003e – a prebiotic fibre that supports beneficial bacteria during fermentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd \u003cstrong\u003e¼ to ½ teaspoon\u003c\/strong\u003e to your milk batch \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 times per week\u003c\/strong\u003e when your grains need a boost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePerfect For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlow or struggling grains\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooler months when fermentation slows down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBoosting growth before storage or travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIngredients:\u003c\/strong\u003e Organic bovine colostrum powder, organic whey protein isolate, organic inulin (prebiotic fibre).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePackaged in a 100g pouch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHand-blended in small batches here at The Fermentation Station.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I use the Milk Kefir Growth Premix?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd ¼–½ teaspoon to your milk batch once or twice per week when your grains need extra nourishment. Stir to dissolve before fermenting as usual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it every day?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe recommend using it only 1–2 times per week. Overuse may overfeed the grains and alter the balance of your kefir. It’s a supplement, not a daily additive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen should I use it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse when your grains are slow to ferment, have just arrived by post, or during colder months. It’s also great before long breaks or storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWill it change the taste of my kefir?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo – the formula is mild and designed to support grain health without affecting the taste or texture of your finished kefir.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow should I store the premix?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep sealed in a cool, dry place. Avoid moisture and direct sunlight to preserve freshness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhere is it made?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach pouch is \u003cstrong\u003ehand-blended in Australia\u003c\/strong\u003e by The Fermentation Station using organic, premium, food-grade ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"The Fermentation Station","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51854172356915,"sku":"PMMK","price":19.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/milk_kefir_growth_premix.png?v=1762666257"},{"product_id":"organic-stoneground-white-bakers-flour","title":"Organic Stoneground White Bakers Flour","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n\/* Heading and accent colour *\/\n.product-copy h2,\n.product-copy h3 {\n  color: #5a7057;\n}\n\n\/* FAQ accordion styling *\/\n.faq-accordion details {\n  border-top: 1px solid #ddd;\n  padding: 10px 0;\n}\n.faq-accordion details:last-child {\n  border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary {\n  list-style: none;\n  cursor: pointer;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  color: #5a7057;\n  position: relative;\n  padding-right: 24px;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.faq-accordion summary::after {\n  content: '+';\n  position: absolute;\n  right: 0;\n  top: 0;\n  font-weight: 600;\n}\n.faq-accordion details[open] summary::after {\n  content: '–';\n}\n.faq-accordion p {\n  margin: 8px 0 0 0;\n  line-height: 1.6;\n  color: #333;\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrganic Stoneground White Bakers Flour – Premium Australian Bread Flour\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOur Organic Stoneground White Bakers Flour\u003c\/strong\u003e is the perfect choice for home bakers and professionals seeking authentic artisan results. Stone-milled from \u003cstrong\u003e100% Australian wheat\u003c\/strong\u003e grown in the famous \u003cem\u003eGolden Triangle\u003c\/em\u003e of Northern NSW, this flour produces bread with a light, open crumb, creamy colour, and a subtle nutty flavour. It offers more depth of taste than standard white flour while maintaining excellent rise, strength, and texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal for \u003cstrong\u003esourdough bread\u003c\/strong\u003e, long fermentation baking, and yeasted loaves, this versatile flour balances flavour and performance. Whether you’re creating rustic boules, everyday sandwich loaves, or enriched doughs, it delivers consistent results with a naturally wholesome aroma.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy bakers choose our Organic Stoneground White Flour:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocally grown in the \u003cem\u003eGolden Triangle\u003c\/em\u003e, Northern NSW – milled from premium Australian wheat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExcellent gluten development – perfect for sourdough and artisan bread baking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBiodynamic organic, with no additives, chemicals, or bleaching agents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStoneground for superior flavour, nutrition, and natural fibre retention\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBring authentic bakery-quality results to your kitchen with our \u003cstrong\u003eorganic bread flour\u003c\/strong\u003e – trusted by artisan bakers across Australia for flavour, performance, and tradition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"The Fermentation Station","offers":[{"title":"1kg","offer_id":52028225487155,"sku":"BFW","price":8.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/white_bakers_flour.jpg?v=1755463449"},{"product_id":"round-banneton-proofing-basket","title":"Round Banneton with Cloth Liner","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n\/* Heading and accent colour *\/\n.product-copy h2,\n.product-copy h3 {\n  color: #5a7057;\n}\n\n\/* FAQ accordion styling *\/\n.faq-accordion details {\n  border-top: 1px solid #ddd;\n  padding: 10px 0;\n}\n.faq-accordion details:last-child {\n  border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary {\n  list-style: none;\n  cursor: pointer;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  color: #5a7057;\n  position: relative;\n  padding-right: 24px;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.faq-accordion summary::after {\n  content: '+';\n  position: absolute;\n  right: 0;\n  top: 0;\n  font-weight: 600;\n}\n.faq-accordion details[open] summary::after {\n  content: '–';\n}\n.faq-accordion p {\n  margin: 8px 0 0 0;\n  line-height: 1.6;\n  color: #333;\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-copy\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eRound Banneton Proofing Basket with Unbleached Liner\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eCraft artisan sourdough loaves at home with our round banneton proofing baskets. Designed for both beginners and experienced bakers, these bannetons support dough during its final rise, helping you achieve beautiful shape, structure, and that signature spiral crust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003eAvailable Sizes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eSelect the size that best suits your baking routine. Smaller baskets are perfect for everyday loaves, while larger baskets are ideal for family-sized or celebration breads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRound Shape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perfect for sourdough boules and rustic breads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNatural Rattan Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wicks moisture away from the dough surface for a crisp crust and defined scoring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnbleached Cotton Liner:\u003c\/strong\u003e Reusable, chemical-free liner ensures a clean rise and easy release.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTraditional Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Creates a classic spiral pattern on the crust for a professional, rustic look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for sourdough, yeast breads, and enriched doughs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003eWhy Use a Banneton?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eA banneton is an essential tool for serious bakers. It gives dough structure during proofing, promotes even fermentation, and improves crust development. Whether you bake small daily loaves or larger batches, a banneton helps you achieve consistent, bakery-quality results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003eCare Instructions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eUse with a light dusting of flour or the included liner to prevent sticking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eAir-dry thoroughly after each use to maintain the rattan’s natural properties.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eWash and reuse the unbleached cotton liner as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBring professional bread baking into your kitchen\u003c\/strong\u003e with our round banneton proofing baskets and enjoy loaves that rise beautifully and taste as good as they look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"The Fermentation Station","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52338318868787,"sku":"BR","price":24.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/round_sourdough_banneton_front.jpg?v=1764564135"},{"product_id":"banneton-cleaning-brush","title":"Banneton Cleaning Brush","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n\/* Heading and accent colour *\/\n.product-copy h2,\n.product-copy h3 {\n  color: #5a7057;\n}\n\n\/* FAQ accordion styling *\/\n.faq-accordion details {\n  border-top: 1px solid #ddd;\n  padding: 10px 0;\n}\n.faq-accordion details:last-child {\n  border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary {\n  list-style: none;\n  cursor: pointer;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  color: #5a7057;\n  position: relative;\n  padding-right: 24px;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.faq-accordion summary::after {\n  content: '+';\n  position: absolute;\n  right: 0;\n  top: 0;\n  font-weight: 600;\n}\n.faq-accordion details[open] summary::after {\n  content: '–';\n}\n.faq-accordion p {\n  margin: 8px 0 0 0;\n  line-height: 1.6;\n  color: #333;\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-copy\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eBanneton Cleaning Brush – Natural Bristles \u0026amp; Beechwood Handle\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eElevate your bread-making routine with our natural banneton cleaning brush – the essential tool to keep your proofing baskets clean, fresh, and ready for every bake.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eDesigned specifically for sourdough bakers, this brush gently removes flour and dough from the ridges of your rattan banneton without causing damage. Made from sustainable materials, it’s the eco-friendly way to care for your baking tools and extend their life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eCrafted with firm natural tampico bristles and a smooth beechwood handle, it provides the perfect balance between effective cleaning and gentle care. Simple, sustainable, and built to last – just brush, tap, and store your banneton dry for next time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNatural tampico bristles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Firm enough to lift residue, gentle on rattan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid beechwood handle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Comfortable, durable, and completely plastic-free.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works with round or oval bannetons, lined or unlined.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow maintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e A quick brush after each use helps prevent build-up and mould.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompostable at end of life:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made entirely from natural, biodegradable materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003col\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eAfter tipping your loaf, let the banneton dry completely in a warm, airy spot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eBrush the interior along the ridges to remove dried flour and crumbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eTap out any remaining dust and store your banneton somewhere dry until next bake.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003eDeep Clean (Occasional)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eFor a seasonal refresh: brush thoroughly, then lightly mist with white vinegar and allow to air dry fully in a sunny, breezy spot. Avoid soaking — excess moisture can cause mould and weaken natural fibres.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eDo not soak. Keep dry between uses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eShake or tap out flour after brushing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eIf bristles splay, rinse quickly in warm water, reshape with fingers, and air dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose The Fermentation Station?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eWith over 20 years of baking and fermentation experience, we’re passionate about helping you create artisan-quality bread at home. Every product we offer is selected for quality, durability, and sustainability — because the right tools make all the difference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"faq-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eDo I need to wash my banneton?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eUsually no. A dry clean is best: let it dry fully, brush out flour, and store it dry. Washing\/soaking can introduce moisture and increase the chance of mould.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWill the brush scratch my banneton?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eNo — the tampico bristles are firm enough to lift flour and dough, but gentle on rattan when used normally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eCan I use this brush on lined bannetons?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eYes. It works well for removing flour from both the liner and the basket itself. Just make sure everything is fully dry before storing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eHow often should I clean my banneton?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eA quick brush after each bake is ideal. Do a deeper refresh only occasionally, or if you notice build-up or any musty smell.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat is the brush made from?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eIt’s made from natural tampico bristles with a beechwood handle — completely plastic-free and biodegradable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eCan I use this for other kitchen tools?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eDefinitely — it’s also handy for cleaning flour out of grooves in wooden tools, pastry boards, and other baking equipment (just avoid soaking wooden items).\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e As this item is made from natural materials, slight variations in colour and grain are normal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"The Fermentation Station","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52625333256499,"sku":"BCB","price":12.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/banneton_cleaning_brush.jpg?v=1764564131"},{"product_id":"water-kefir-growth-premix","title":"Water Kefir Growth Premix","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n\/* Heading and accent colour *\/\n.product-description h2,\n.product-description h3 {\n  color: #5a7057;\n}\n\n\/* FAQ accordion styling *\/\n.faq-accordion details {\n  border-top: 1px solid #ddd;\n  padding: 10px 0;\n}\n.faq-accordion details:last-child {\n  border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary {\n  list-style: none;\n  cursor: pointer;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  color: #5a7057;\n  position: relative;\n  padding-right: 24px;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.faq-accordion summary::after {\n  content: '+';\n  position: absolute;\n  right: 0;\n  top: 0;\n  font-weight: 600;\n}\n.faq-accordion details[open] summary::after {\n  content: '–';\n}\n.faq-accordion p {\n  margin: 8px 0 0 0;\n  line-height: 1.6;\n  color: #333;\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWater Kefir Growth Premix – Nourish \u0026amp; Strengthen Your Grains\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA nourishing blend of \u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eOrganic Rapadura Sugar\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e, \u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eOrganic Molasses\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e, \u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eHimalayan Salt\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e, and \u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eBicarb Soda\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e to help your water kefir grains stay active and strong.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSometimes your grains just need a little extra care — especially if they’re newly activated, recovering from postage, or fermenting slowly in cooler weather. This gentle growth premix is designed to feed and revitalise your grains, encouraging consistent bubbling and healthy fermentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Rapadura Sugar\u003c\/strong\u003e – provides a clean, mineral-rich energy source for your grains\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Molasses\u003c\/strong\u003e – packed with calcium, magnesium, and iron to support grain vitality\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHimalayan Salt\u003c\/strong\u003e – adds essential trace minerals that promote balanced fermentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBicarb Soda\u003c\/strong\u003e – helps maintain optimal pH and mineral balance during fermentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd \u003cstrong\u003e¼ to ½ teaspoon\u003c\/strong\u003e to your sugar-water solution \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 times per week\u003c\/strong\u003e when your grains need a boost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eAvoid daily use – this is a supplement, not a replacement for your usual sugar mix.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePerfect For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlow or struggling grains\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooler months when fermentation slows down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrengthening grains before travel or storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients:\u003c\/strong\u003e Organic rapadura sugar, organic molasses, Himalayan salt, bicarb soda.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePackaged in a 150g pouch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHand-blended in small batches here at The Fermentation Station.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I use the Water Kefir Growth Premix?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd ¼–½ teaspoon to your regular sugar-water mix once or twice a week. Stir until dissolved before adding your grains. It’s best used as an occasional supplement, not every batch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use this instead of my usual sugar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — this mix is designed to \u003cstrong\u003esupplement\u003c\/strong\u003e your usual sugar, not replace it. Continue using your regular sugar base (e.g. organic cane sugar or rapadura) for daily ferments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen should I use it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse during cooler months, when your grains are sluggish, or after travel or storage. It’s also ideal if your kefir is taking longer to ferment or has lost its fizz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow should I store the premix?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep it sealed in a cool, dry place away from moisture. The minerals can clump slightly over time — just stir before use if needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it safe for continuous use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt’s best to use occasionally, about once or twice per week. Overuse can alter the mineral balance of your water kefir, so moderation gives the best results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhere is it made?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach batch is hand-blended in small quantities here in Australia at \u003cstrong\u003eThe Fermentation Station\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"The Fermentation Station","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52662282977587,"sku":"PMWK","price":19.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/water_kefir_growth_premix.png?v=1762666040"},{"product_id":"solid-wood-bread-lame","title":"Solid Wood Bread Lame","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n\/* Heading and accent colour *\/\n.product-copy h2,\n.product-copy h3 {\n  color: #5a7057;\n}\n\n\/* FAQ accordion styling *\/\n.faq-accordion details {\n  border-top: 1px solid #ddd;\n  padding: 10px 0;\n}\n.faq-accordion details:last-child {\n  border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary {\n  list-style: none;\n  cursor: pointer;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  color: #5a7057;\n  position: relative;\n  padding-right: 24px;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.faq-accordion summary::after {\n  content: '+';\n  position: absolute;\n  right: 0;\n  top: 0;\n  font-weight: 600;\n}\n.faq-accordion details[open] summary::after {\n  content: '–';\n}\n.faq-accordion p {\n  margin: 8px 0 0 0;\n  line-height: 1.6;\n  color: #333;\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePremium Solid Wood Bread Lame – Sturdy, Balanced \u0026amp; Designed for Precision Scoring\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCreate beautifully scored sourdough loaves with a bread lame crafted for accuracy and control.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003epremium solid wood bread lame\u003c\/strong\u003e is carved from a single piece of durable hardwood, giving it exceptional sturdiness, balance, and longevity. The naturally weighted handle provides a comfortable, confident grip, allowing you to make clean, controlled cuts whether you're scoring bold expansion lines or adding delicate decorative patterns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerfect for beginners and experienced bakers alike, this lame delivers consistent, professional-quality results to help your sourdough rise and bloom beautifully every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eYou Will Receive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid Wood Bread Lame:\u003c\/strong\u003e A single-piece hardwood handle designed for strength, balance, and long-term durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 Double-Edged Blades:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easily replaceable and perfect for achieving sharp, precise scoring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtective Blade Cover:\u003c\/strong\u003e Safe storage when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 19 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bread Lame?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePremium one-piece wood construction — stronger and sturdier than standard lames.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComfortable, ergonomic grip for confident scoring and beautiful loaf aesthetics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for creating both functional expansion cuts and intricate decorative patterns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes extra blades for long-term use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA professional-quality tool that pairs perfectly with our sourdough baking kits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose The Fermentation Station?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith over 20 years of experience and thousands of happy customers, we provide premium fermentation tools, fast shipping, and friendly support every step of your baking journey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat makes a solid wood lame different from other lames?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike hollow or composite handles, a solid wood lame is carved from a single piece of hardwood, making it sturdier, better balanced, and more durable. This gives you improved control and cleaner scoring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often should I replace the blades?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on how often you bake. Many bakers replace the blade every 3–10 loaves. You can flip a double-edged blade to extend its life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this lame suitable for beginners?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the ergonomic handle makes it easy to hold and control, giving beginners confidence while still providing the precision that experienced bakers love.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I clean and care for the wooden handle?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the handle clean with a damp cloth. Avoid soaking or dishwashers, as wood lasts longest when kept dry. Store with the protective blade cover on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use this lame with wet or high-hydration dough?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. The solid grip and sharp blades make it ideal for scoring even very soft doughs, helping you achieve professional expansion and oven spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"The Fermentation Station","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52763378942259,"sku":"SWL","price":17.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/solid_wood_bread_lame_front.jpg?v=1764565140"},{"product_id":"sourdough-master-kit","title":"Sourdough Master Kit","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n\/* Heading and accent colour *\/\n.product-copy h2,\n.product-copy h3 {\n  color: #5a7057;\n}\n\n\/* FAQ accordion styling *\/\n.faq-accordion details {\n  border-top: 1px solid #ddd;\n  padding: 10px 0;\n}\n.faq-accordion details:last-child {\n  border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary {\n  list-style: none;\n  cursor: pointer;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  color: #5a7057;\n  position: relative;\n  padding-right: 24px;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.faq-accordion summary::after {\n  content: '+';\n  position: absolute;\n  right: 0;\n  top: 0;\n  font-weight: 600;\n}\n.faq-accordion details[open] summary::after {\n  content: '–';\n}\n.faq-accordion p {\n  margin: 8px 0 0 0;\n  line-height: 1.6;\n  color: #333;\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSourdough Master Kit – Complete Starter, Tools \u0026amp; Instructions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlock the full potential of sourdough baking with our \u003cstrong\u003eMaster Baking Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e, an all-inclusive set designed to help you create bakery-quality sourdough and more. Perfect for beginners and experienced bakers alike, this \u003cstrong\u003ecomplete sourdough starter kit\u003c\/strong\u003e provides everything you need for a delicious and rewarding baking experience at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eChoosing Your Starter: French or San Franciscan?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/thefermentationstation.com.au\/products\/sourdough-starter-106-year-old-french-origin\"\u003eFrench Sourdough Starter\u003c\/a\u003e:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild, fruity and lightly tangy with a soft crumb. Perfect for everyday loaves and our most popular choice for beginners and families.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/thefermentationstation.com.au\/products\/sourdough-starter-130-year-old-san-franciscan-origin\"\u003eSan Franciscan Sourdough Starter\u003c\/a\u003e:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bold, complex and distinctly tangy — the classic Boudin bakery style flavour with a chewier, rustic texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot sure which to pick?\u003c\/strong\u003e You can’t go wrong with either, and many bakers later choose to try both to explore the different flavours and textures they produce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat’s Included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Dried Sourdough Starter (15g):\u003c\/strong\u003e A robust, heritage culture fed on chlorine-free water and organic stoneground flour for many years — designed to last a lifetime.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandmade unbleached cane banneton with organic linen liner:\u003c\/strong\u003e choose from \u003cstrong\u003e20 cm round\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003e25 cm oval\u003c\/strong\u003e for perfectly shaped loaves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFood-grade 900 ml wide-mouth jar \u0026amp; bamboo lid:\u003c\/strong\u003e A practical and sustainable vessel for storing and maintaining your starter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnbleached organic linen cover:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eco-friendly, breathable protection for your starter jar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDanish dough whisk \u0026amp; silicone dough spatula:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tools for effortless mixing and handling of sticky sourdough dough.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBench scraper \u0026amp; wooden-handled lame with 5 blades:\u003c\/strong\u003e Professional tools for shaping and scoring your loaves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThermal temperature sticker \u0026amp; silicone feeding band:\u003c\/strong\u003e Track and monitor your starter’s growth with precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdhesive labels \u0026amp; pen:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keep organised with reusable labels for dates and notes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull-colour, double-sided instruction sheet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clear, step-by-step guidance — designed to look great as part of a gift.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOngoing Support:\u003c\/strong\u003e personal help whenever you need it to get the best results from your starter — email, chat or phone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose the Master Baking Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe most complete sourdough kit we offer — everything you need to \u003cstrong\u003ecreate, feed, mix, shape, proof and bake\u003c\/strong\u003e incredible artisan loaves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePremium, long-lasting tools chosen for performance and durability, suitable for both beginners and experienced bakers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA versatile heritage starter perfect for \u003cstrong\u003esourdough bread, pizza dough, focaccia, brioche, pancakes, and more\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear, step-by-step instructions and built-in tracking tools give you consistent, reliable results from your very first loaf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe ultimate gift for food lovers — beautifully presented, practical, and designed to last a lifetime.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery Details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStarters are shipped in their dry state and are shelf-stable for at least 6 months – activate and bake whenever you’re ready.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eArrive Alive Guarantee\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe want you to order with confidence. If your \u003cstrong\u003eorganic sourdough starter\u003c\/strong\u003e doesn’t activate after rehydration, we’ll send you a free replacement straight away. Your success is guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose The Fermentation Station?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith over 20 years of experience and thousands of happy customers, we guarantee fresh, active cultures, fast shipping, and full support every step of your fermentation journey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much sourdough starter do I get, and how long will it last?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou’ll receive \u003cstrong\u003e15 g of dried heritage sourdough starter\u003c\/strong\u003e. Once activated and fed regularly, this becomes a living culture that can be maintained indefinitely. With simple care, your starter can literally last a lifetime and be shared, split, or built up for larger bakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I activate the dried starter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActivation is simple: you’ll mix the dried starter with water and flour and feed it over several days, following the \u003cstrong\u003estep-by-step instructions included in your kit\u003c\/strong\u003e. Most people see good activity within \u003cstrong\u003e3–5 days\u003c\/strong\u003e, depending on room temperature and feeding schedule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long until I can bake my first loaf?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn average, you’ll be ready to bake your first loaf in about \u003cstrong\u003e4–6 days\u003c\/strong\u003e. You’ll know your starter is ready when it reliably \u003cstrong\u003erises and falls between feeds\u003c\/strong\u003e, smells pleasantly yeasty or slightly fruity, and can at least double in size after a feeding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat flour should I use to feed the starter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe recommend feeding with a good quality \u003cstrong\u003ebread flour or plain (all-purpose) wheat flour\u003c\/strong\u003e. You can also use a mix of white and wholemeal. Our mother culture is maintained on \u003cstrong\u003eorganic stoneground flour\u003c\/strong\u003e, so any similar unbleached wheat flour will keep it happy and strong.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I change flours later (e.g. to rye or wholemeal)?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. You can gradually shift your starter to \u003cstrong\u003erye, spelt or wholemeal\u003c\/strong\u003e by feeding a little more of the new flour at each feed. Just avoid sudden changes and give it a few feeds to fully adapt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I store my starter between bakes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you bake often, you can keep your starter at \u003cstrong\u003eroom temperature\u003c\/strong\u003e and feed it daily. If you bake less frequently, store it in the \u003cstrong\u003efridge\u003c\/strong\u003e and feed it about once a week. Simply take it out, give it one or two feeds at room temperature, and it will be ready to bake again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this starter gluten-free?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is a \u003cstrong\u003ewheat-based sourdough culture\u003c\/strong\u003e and contains gluten. While you can use the active starter to help leaven some alternative-flour recipes, it’s not suitable for people who need to avoid gluten entirely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat if my starter isn’t bubbling or rising properly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDon’t worry — there’s often a “quiet” phase during activation. Make sure you’re \u003cstrong\u003efeeding at the right ratio, keeping it warm (around 20–25 °C), and using chlorine-free water\u003c\/strong\u003e. If it still doesn’t show signs of life after following the instructions, just get in touch — our \u003cstrong\u003eArrive Alive Guarantee\u003c\/strong\u003e means we’ll help troubleshoot or send a replacement if needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use this starter for more than just bread?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes! Your sourdough starter is incredibly versatile. You can use it to make \u003cstrong\u003epizza dough, focaccia, pancakes, waffles, brioche, cinnamon scrolls, and more\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it safe for the starter to be shipped dry in the post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. In its dried form, the starter is \u003cstrong\u003every stable and shelf-stable for at least 6 months\u003c\/strong\u003e. We ship via \u003cstrong\u003eAustralia Post Priority\u003c\/strong\u003e, and the culture is absolutely fine with normal postal timeframes — just follow the activation instructions once it arrives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"The Fermentation Station","offers":[{"title":"106+ year old French Wheat \/ Oval","offer_id":52969621651763,"sku":"MKFWO","price":124.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"106+ year old French Wheat \/ Round","offer_id":52969621684531,"sku":"MKFWR","price":124.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"106+ year old French Rye \/ Oval","offer_id":52969621717299,"sku":"MKFRO","price":124.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"106+ year old French Rye \/ Round","offer_id":52969621750067,"sku":"MKRRR","price":124.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"130+ year old San Franciscan Wheat \/ Oval","offer_id":52969621782835,"sku":"MKSWO","price":124.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"130+ year old San Franciscan Wheat \/ Round","offer_id":52969621815603,"sku":"MKSWR","price":124.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/sourdough_master_kit.jpg?v=1764237082"},{"product_id":"sourdough-starter-kit","title":"Sourdough Starter Kit","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n\/* Heading and accent colour *\/\n.product-copy h2,\n.product-copy h3 {\n  color: #5a7057;\n}\n\n\/* FAQ accordion styling *\/\n.faq-accordion details {\n  border-top: 1px solid #ddd;\n  padding: 10px 0;\n}\n.faq-accordion details:last-child {\n  border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary {\n  list-style: none;\n  cursor: pointer;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  color: #5a7057;\n  position: relative;\n  padding-right: 24px;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.faq-accordion summary::after {\n  content: '+';\n  position: absolute;\n  right: 0;\n  top: 0;\n  font-weight: 600;\n}\n.faq-accordion details[open] summary::after {\n  content: '–';\n}\n.faq-accordion p {\n  margin: 8px 0 0 0;\n  line-height: 1.6;\n  color: #333;\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSourdough Starter Kit – Beginner Set with Organic Culture \u0026amp; Tools\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlock the joy of sourdough baking with our \u003cstrong\u003eSourdough Starter Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e, a beginner-friendly set designed to help you create bakery-quality sourdough at home. Perfect for first-time bakers and experienced enthusiasts alike, \u003cmeta charset=\"UTF-8\"\u003ethis kit includes everything you need to start, feed, and maintain your sourdough starter \u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eat home — with the right tools from day one\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/thefermentationstation.com.au\/collections\/sourdough-starters\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eWant the starter culture only (no jar\/tools)?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eChoosing Your Starter: French or San Franciscan?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/thefermentationstation.com.au\/products\/sourdough-starter-106-year-old-french-origin\"\u003eFrench Sourdough Starter\u003c\/a\u003e:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild, fruity and lightly tangy with a soft crumb. Perfect for everyday loaves and our most popular choice for beginners and families.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/thefermentationstation.com.au\/products\/sourdough-starter-130-year-old-san-franciscan-origin\"\u003eSan Franciscan Starter\u003c\/a\u003e:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bold, complex and distinctly tangy — the classic Boudin bakery flavour with a chewier, rustic texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot sure which to pick?\u003c\/strong\u003e You can’t go wrong with either, and many bakers eventually try both to explore the different flavours and textures they produce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat’s Included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Dried Sourdough Starter (15g):\u003c\/strong\u003e A robust, heritage culture fed on chlorine-free water and organic stoneground flour for many years — designed to last a lifetime.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFood-grade 900 ml wide-mouth jar \u0026amp; bamboo lid:\u003c\/strong\u003e A practical and sustainable vessel for storing and maintaining your starter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnbleached organic linen cover:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eco-friendly, breathable protection for your starter jar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSilicone dough spatula:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for mixing and scraping sticky sourdough dough.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThermal temperature sticker:\u003c\/strong\u003e Monitor your starter’s environment for reliable fermentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSilicone feeding band:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easily track your starter’s growth and activity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdhesive labels \u0026amp; pen:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keep organised with reusable labels for dates and notes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull-colour, double-sided instruction sheet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clear, step-by-step guidance — designed to look great as part of a gift.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOngoing Support:\u003c\/strong\u003e Personal help whenever you need it to get the best results from your starter — email, chat or phone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Starter Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe simplest and most affordable way to begin your sourdough journey.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes the essential tools needed to \u003cstrong\u003ecreate, feed, and maintain\u003c\/strong\u003e a strong, active sourdough starter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA versatile heritage culture ideal for \u003cstrong\u003esourdough bread, pizza dough, focaccia, pancakes, brioche, and more\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReliable, beginner-friendly guidance helps your starter become strong and predictable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePairs perfectly with our mid-tier and Master Kits once you're ready to explore shaping, scoring, and banneton-proofed loaves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery Details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStarters are shipped in their dry state and are shelf-stable for at least 6 months — activate and bake whenever you’re ready.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eArrive Alive Guarantee\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe stand behind the quality of our cultures. In the rare event your \u003cstrong\u003eorganic sourdough starter\u003c\/strong\u003e doesn’t activate after rehydration, we’ll send a free replacement straight away. Your success is guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose The Fermentation Station?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith over 20 years of experience and thousands of happy customers, we guarantee fresh, active cultures, fast shipping, and full support every step of your fermentation journey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much sourdough starter do I get, and how long will it last?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou’ll receive \u003cstrong\u003e15 g of dried heritage sourdough starter\u003c\/strong\u003e. Once activated and fed regularly, this becomes a living culture that can be maintained indefinitely. With simple care, your starter can literally last a lifetime and be shared, split, or built up for larger bakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I activate the dried starter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActivation is simple: you’ll mix the dried starter with water and flour and feed it over several days, following the \u003cstrong\u003estep-by-step instructions included in your kit\u003c\/strong\u003e. Most people see good activity within \u003cstrong\u003e3–5 days\u003c\/strong\u003e, depending on room temperature and feeding schedule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long until I can bake my first loaf?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn average, you’ll be ready to bake your first loaf in about \u003cstrong\u003e4–6 days\u003c\/strong\u003e. You’ll know your starter is ready when it reliably \u003cstrong\u003erises and falls between feeds\u003c\/strong\u003e, smells pleasantly yeasty or slightly fruity, and can at least double in size after a feeding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat flour should I use to feed the starter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe recommend feeding with a good quality \u003cstrong\u003ebread flour or plain (all-purpose) wheat flour\u003c\/strong\u003e. You can also use a mix of white and wholemeal. Our mother culture is maintained on \u003cstrong\u003eorganic stoneground flour\u003c\/strong\u003e, so any similar unbleached wheat flour will keep it happy and strong.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I change flours later (e.g. to rye or wholemeal)?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. You can gradually shift your starter to \u003cstrong\u003erye, spelt or wholemeal\u003c\/strong\u003e by feeding a little more of the new flour at each feed. Just avoid sudden changes and give it a few feeds to fully adapt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I store my starter between bakes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you bake often, you can keep your starter at \u003cstrong\u003eroom temperature\u003c\/strong\u003e and feed it daily. If you bake less frequently, store it in the \u003cstrong\u003efridge\u003c\/strong\u003e and feed it about once a week. Simply take it out, give it one or two feeds at room temperature, and it will be ready to bake again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this starter gluten-free?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is a \u003cstrong\u003ewheat-based sourdough culture\u003c\/strong\u003e and contains gluten. While you can use the active starter to help leaven some alternative-flour recipes, it’s not suitable for people who need to avoid gluten entirely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat if my starter isn’t bubbling or rising properly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDon’t worry — there’s often a “quiet” phase during activation. Make sure you’re \u003cstrong\u003efeeding at the right ratio, keeping it warm (around 20–25 °C), and using chlorine-free water\u003c\/strong\u003e. If it still doesn’t show signs of life after following the instructions, just get in touch — our \u003cstrong\u003eArrive Alive Guarantee\u003c\/strong\u003e means we’ll help troubleshoot or send a replacement if needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use this starter for more than just bread?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes! Your sourdough starter is incredibly versatile. You can use it to make \u003cstrong\u003epizza dough, focaccia, pancakes, waffles, brioche, cinnamon scrolls, and more\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it safe for the starter to be shipped dry in the post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. In its dried form, the starter is \u003cstrong\u003every stable and shelf-stable for at least 6 months\u003c\/strong\u003e. We ship via \u003cstrong\u003eAustralia Post Priority\u003c\/strong\u003e, and the culture is absolutely fine with normal postal timeframes — just follow the activation instructions once it arrives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"The Fermentation Station","offers":[{"title":"106+ year old French Wheat","offer_id":52969662644531,"sku":"SKFW","price":59.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"106+ year old French Rye","offer_id":52969662677299,"sku":"SKFR","price":59.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"130+ year old San Franciscan Wheat","offer_id":52969662710067,"sku":"SKSW","price":59.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/sourdough_starter_kit.jpg?v=1764237159"},{"product_id":"kefirko-water-kefir-kit","title":"Kefirko Water Kefir Kit","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n\/* Heading and accent colour *\/\n.product-copy h2,\n.product-copy h3 {\n  color: #5a7057;\n}\n\n\/* FAQ accordion styling *\/\n.faq-accordion details {\n  border-top: 1px solid #ddd;\n  padding: 10px 0;\n}\n.faq-accordion details:last-child {\n  border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary {\n  list-style: none;\n  cursor: pointer;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  color: #5a7057;\n  position: relative;\n  padding-right: 24px;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.faq-accordion summary::after {\n  content: '+';\n  position: absolute;\n  right: 0;\n  top: 0;\n  font-weight: 600;\n}\n.faq-accordion details[open] summary::after {\n  content: '–';\n}\n.faq-accordion p {\n  margin: 8px 0 0 0;\n  line-height: 1.6;\n  color: #333;\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-copy\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eKefirko Water Kefir Kit – Refreshing, Fizzy Probiotics Made Easy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCraft your own naturally sparkling, probiotic-rich water kefir at home with the Kefirko Water Kefir Kit — the easiest, cleanest, and most reliable way to ferment water kefir.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eThe Kefirko system is designed to simplify the entire process: from fermenting to straining to flavouring. Whether you’re a complete beginner or an experienced fermenter, this stylish European-made fermenter delivers consistent results and effortless brewing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKefirko Water Kefir Fermenter (900 ml – Made in Europe):\u003c\/strong\u003e\n      \u003cul\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass Fermentation Vessel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable, non-reactive, and dishwasher safe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBPA-Free Two-Piece Lid System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for ideal airflow and easy pouring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated Strainer Lid:\u003c\/strong\u003e Effortless separation of grains and finished kefir.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMeasurement Markings:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easily track brew size and fermentation progress.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScraper Tool:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perfect for mixing and gentle handling of grains.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstruction Booklet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Step-by-step brewing guidance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Water Kefir Grains:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose your preferred batch size:\n      \u003cul\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e500 ml brew\u003c\/strong\u003e – ideal for small daily servings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e750 ml brew\u003c\/strong\u003e – perfect for families or frequent brewers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003c\/ul\u003e\n      Once acclimated, your grains will ferment reliably every \u003cstrong\u003e24–48 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e and will last indefinitely with proper care.\n      \u003cem\u003e(Independently lab tested — \u003ca rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/water-kefir-microbiological-analysis-report.pdf?v=1757147018\" target=\"_blank\"\u003esee microbiological analysis report\u003c\/a\u003e).\u003c\/em\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBonus Recipe Ideas:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easily create delicious flavours using fruits, herbs, spices, or juices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003eArrive Alive Guarantee\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eWe stand behind the quality of our cultures. If your \u003cstrong\u003ewater kefir grains\u003c\/strong\u003e don’t arrive active and ready to ferment, we’ll send a free replacement immediately. Your success is guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUser-Friendly Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e BPA-free components, easy assembly, and mess-free straining.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightly Carbonated Results:\u003c\/strong\u003e Naturally sparkling kefir in just \u003cstrong\u003e24–48 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully Customisable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Create endless flavour variations during the second ferment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStylish \u0026amp; Compact:\u003c\/strong\u003e A modern fermenter that looks great on any benchtop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003eHealth Benefits of Water Kefir\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eRich in living probiotics for gut microbiome support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eRefreshing, low-sugar alternative to soft drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCan help digestion and improve nutrient absorption.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eHydrating, energising, and naturally uplifting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eBacked by science — \u003ca rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/water-kefir-microbiological-analysis-report.pdf?v=1757147018\" target=\"_blank\"\u003edownload full lab report\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose The Fermentation Station?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eWith over 20 years of fermentation experience and thousands of happy customers, we guarantee fresh, active cultures, fast shipping, and friendly support throughout your fermentation journey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"faq-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eIs this kit suitable for beginners?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eAbsolutely — the Kefirko design makes water kefir one of the easiest ferments to start. Everything you need is included, and our instructions guide you step-by-step.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eHow long does water kefir take to ferment?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eMost batches are ready in \u003cstrong\u003e24–48 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. Warmer rooms ferment faster; cooler rooms ferment more slowly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eHow much sugar do I need?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eUse \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 tablespoons of sugar per 250 ml\u003c\/strong\u003e of water. The grains consume the sugar during fermentation, leaving a lightly sweet, probiotic drink.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eCan I flavour the kefir?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eYes — flavouring is done during the second ferment. Add fruit, herbs, ginger, lemon, berries, juice, or spices for natural carbonation and delicious taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eCan I use honey?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eNo. Honey contains antimicrobial compounds that can harm the grains. Stick to sugar-based recipes only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eHow long will the grains last?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eWith proper care, \u003cstrong\u003eforever\u003c\/strong\u003e. Water kefir grains are self-renewing and grow over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eHow do I store the grains if I take a break?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003ePlace them in sugar water and keep in the fridge. Refresh every 1–2 weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat if my grains don’t activate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eYour purchase is fully covered by our \u003cstrong\u003eArrive Alive Guarantee\u003c\/strong\u003e. If they don’t wake up and start fermenting, we’ll replace them free of charge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"The Fermentation Station","offers":[{"title":"Blue \/ 500ml","offer_id":52969667395891,"sku":"KBW500","price":99.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue \/ 750ml","offer_id":52969667428659,"sku":"KBW750","price":114.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green \/ 500ml","offer_id":52969667461427,"sku":"KGW500","price":99.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green \/ 750ml","offer_id":52969667494195,"sku":"KGW750","price":114.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \/ 500ml","offer_id":52969667526963,"sku":"KPW500","price":99.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \/ 750ml","offer_id":52969667559731,"sku":"KPW750","price":114.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 500ml","offer_id":52969667592499,"sku":"KWW500","price":99.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 750ml","offer_id":52969667625267,"sku":"KWW750","price":114.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/kefirko-kefir-fermenter-blue-purple-lids.webp?v=1756889854"},{"product_id":"kefirko-milk-kefir-kit","title":"Kefirko Milk Kefir Kit","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n\/* Heading and accent colour *\/\n.product-copy h2,\n.product-copy h3 {\n  color: #5a7057;\n}\n\n\/* FAQ accordion styling *\/\n.faq-accordion details {\n  border-top: 1px solid #ddd;\n  padding: 10px 0;\n}\n.faq-accordion details:last-child {\n  border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary {\n  list-style: none;\n  cursor: pointer;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  color: #5a7057;\n  position: relative;\n  padding-right: 24px;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.faq-accordion summary::after {\n  content: '+';\n  position: absolute;\n  right: 0;\n  top: 0;\n  font-weight: 600;\n}\n.faq-accordion details[open] summary::after {\n  content: '–';\n}\n.faq-accordion p {\n  margin: 8px 0 0 0;\n  line-height: 1.6;\n  color: #333;\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKefirko Milk Kefir Maker Bundle – Fresh, Homemade Probiotics Made Easy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnjoy creamy, probiotic-rich milk kefir at home with the Kefirko Milk Kefir Maker Bundle — the simplest and cleanest way to ferment fresh kefir every day.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis all-in-one European-made fermentation system streamlines the entire process, from fermenting to straining. Perfect for complete beginners and experienced fermenters alike, this bundle gives you everything you need for thick, tangy, delicious milk kefir in just 24 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKefirko Milk Kefir Fermenter (900 ml – Made in Europe):\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass Fermentation Vessel:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-quality, non-reactive glass for clean, safe fermenting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBPA-Free Two-Piece Lid:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for ideal airflow and effortless straining.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated Strainer Lid:\u003c\/strong\u003e Makes separating grains quick and mess-free.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMeasurement Markings:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easily track fermentation progress.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScraper Tool:\u003c\/strong\u003e Helps mix and collect grains with minimal mess.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstruction Booklet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clear, beginner-friendly guidance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Milk Kefir Grains:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose your ideal batch size:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e300ml brew\u003c\/strong\u003e – perfect for individuals and small daily ferments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e600ml brew\u003c\/strong\u003e – ideal for families or regular kefir drinkers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\nOnce acclimated, your grains will ferment every \u003cstrong\u003e24–48 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e and can be reused indefinitely. \u003cem\u003e(Independently lab tested — \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/milk-kefir-microbiological-analysis-report.pdf?v=1757146988\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003esee microbiological analysis\u003c\/a\u003e).\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eArrive Alive Guarantee\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe stand behind the quality of our live cultures. If your \u003cstrong\u003emilk kefir grains\u003c\/strong\u003e don’t arrive alive and active, we’ll send a free replacement immediately. Your success is 100% guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUser-Friendly Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e BPA-free lid components and dishwasher-safe glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFast Fermentation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Make fresh milk kefir in as little as \u003cstrong\u003e24 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for cow’s milk, goat’s milk, A2, lactose-free (results vary), and many plant-based milks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModern \u0026amp; Compact:\u003c\/strong\u003e Looks beautiful on your benchtop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHealth Benefits of Milk Kefir\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports digestion and gut microbiome balance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBoosts immune health.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImproves nutrient absorption (especially calcium \u0026amp; magnesium).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMay reduce inflammation and promote overall wellness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eIndependently verified — \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/milk-kefir-microbiological-analysis-report.pdf?v=1757146988\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003edownload full lab report\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose The Fermentation Station?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith over 20 years of experience and thousands of happy customers, we guarantee fresh, active cultures, fast shipping, and friendly support every step of your fermentation journey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long does milk kefir take to ferment?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost batches are ready in \u003cstrong\u003e24 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. Cooler homes may take up to 48 hours. Once strained, kefir thickens further in the fridge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much milk should I use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart with the amount you selected (300 ml or 600 ml). As grains grow, you can increase batch size gradually.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use lactose-free or plant-based milks?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — but results vary. Dairy milk produces the strongest kefir. Plant milks ferment best when rotated with dairy every few batches to keep grains healthy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo the grains multiply?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes! Milk kefir grains grow gradually with regular use. Many customers share extras with friends or freeze them for backups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I store the grains if I take a break?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace them in fresh milk in the fridge. Change the milk weekly. For long breaks, grains can be frozen or dehydrated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat if my grains don’t activate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour purchase is covered by our \u003cstrong\u003eArrive Alive Guarantee\u003c\/strong\u003e. If they don’t start fermenting, we’ll replace them free of charge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"The Fermentation Station","offers":[{"title":"Blue \/ 300ml","offer_id":52969670213939,"sku":"KBM300","price":99.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue \/ 600ml","offer_id":52969670246707,"sku":"KBM600","price":114.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue \/ Fermenter Only","offer_id":53118626758963,"sku":"KB","price":79.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green \/ 300ml","offer_id":52969670279475,"sku":"KGM300","price":99.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green \/ 600ml","offer_id":52969670312243,"sku":"KGM600","price":114.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green \/ Fermenter Only","offer_id":53118626791731,"sku":"KG","price":79.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \/ 300ml","offer_id":52969670345011,"sku":"KPM300","price":99.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \/ 600ml","offer_id":52969670377779,"sku":"KPM600","price":114.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \/ Fermenter Only","offer_id":53118626824499,"sku":"KP","price":79.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 300ml","offer_id":52969670410547,"sku":"KWM300","price":99.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 600ml","offer_id":52969670443315,"sku":"KWM600","price":114.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Fermenter Only","offer_id":53118626857267,"sku":"KW","price":79.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/kefirko_kefir_blue.webp?v=1750808772"},{"product_id":"brew-infusion-kit","title":"Brew Infusion Kit","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n\/* Heading and accent colour *\/\n.product-copy h2,\n.product-copy h3 {\n  color: #5a7057;\n}\n\n\/* FAQ accordion styling *\/\n.faq-accordion details {\n  border-top: 1px solid #ddd;\n  padding: 10px 0;\n}\n.faq-accordion details:last-child {\n  border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary {\n  list-style: none;\n  cursor: pointer;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  color: #5a7057;\n  position: relative;\n  padding-right: 24px;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.faq-accordion summary::after {\n  content: '+';\n  position: absolute;\n  right: 0;\n  top: 0;\n  font-weight: 600;\n}\n.faq-accordion details[open] summary::after {\n  content: '–';\n}\n.faq-accordion p {\n  margin: 8px 0 0 0;\n  line-height: 1.6;\n  color: #333;\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n\/* Heading and accent colour *\/\n.product-copy h2,\n.product-copy h3 {\n  color: #5a7057;\n}\n\n\/* FAQ accordion styling *\/\n.faq-accordion details {\n  border-top: 1px solid #ddd;\n  padding: 10px 0;\n}\n.faq-accordion details:last-child {\n  border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary {\n  list-style: none;\n  cursor: pointer;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  color: #5a7057;\n  position: relative;\n  padding-right: 24px;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.faq-accordion summary::after {\n  content: '+';\n  position: absolute;\n  right: 0;\n  top: 0;\n  font-weight: 600;\n}\n.faq-accordion details[open] summary::after {\n  content: '–';\n}\n.faq-accordion p {\n  margin: 8px 0 0 0;\n  line-height: 1.6;\n  color: #333;\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrganic Brew Infusion Kits – Tea Blends for Flavouring Water Kefir, Kombucha \u0026amp; Jun\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTake your finished brews to the next level with our premium organic tea infusion blends — made to steep directly into water kefir, kombucha, or jun for clean, vibrant flavour.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese infusion kits are designed for the simplest method possible: brew your \u003ca title=\"Organic Water Kefir Grains\" href=\"\/products\/organic-water-kefir-grains\"\u003ewater kefir\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca title=\"Kombucha SCOBY\" href=\"\/products\/kombucha-scoby\"\u003ekombucha\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca title=\"Jun SCOBY\" href=\"\/products\/jun-scoby\"\u003ejun\u003c\/a\u003e as normal, then infuse the finished drink with one of these carefully selected organic herbal blends. No juices, no syrups, no artificial flavours — just real botanicals for a naturally refreshing result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerfect for anyone who wants consistent flavour, easy variety, and café-style brews at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eYou Will Receive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50g Premium organic herbal tea blend\u003c\/strong\u003e (choose your flavour below) – ideal for infusing finished water kefir, kombucha and jun.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOngoing Support:\u003c\/strong\u003e Personal help whenever you need it — email, chat or phone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eChoose Your Flavour\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eField of Dreams\u003c\/strong\u003e – a calming floral blend with chamomile, lemon balm, lavender, spearmint and passionflower. Smooth, gentle and perfect for a “wind down” brew.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElderberry\u003c\/strong\u003e – rich, deep berry flavour that pairs beautifully with fizzy fermented drinks. A great “grown up” berry option that tastes amazing served cold over ice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSummer Breeze\u003c\/strong\u003e – bright and refreshing with rosehips, hibiscus and elderflower, lifted by peppermint and lemon myrtle. Makes a beautiful chilled “pink” style brew.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLemongrass \u0026amp; Ginger Boost\u003c\/strong\u003e – zesty and warming with lemongrass, ginger and lemon myrtle, softened with rosehip and rose petals. Great for a ginger-style brew without the burn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInfuse into finished brew (recommended):\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd \u003cstrong\u003e1 tsp per 500 ml\u003c\/strong\u003e of finished water kefir \/ kombucha \/ jun. (If you like lighter flavour, start with \u003cstrong\u003e½ tsp\u003c\/strong\u003e.)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCold infuse in the fridge for \u003cstrong\u003e6–12 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e, then taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrain, chill and enjoy. (Serve over ice for the best result.)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuick method:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steep the blend in a small amount of hot water for \u003cstrong\u003e3–5 minutes\u003c\/strong\u003e, cool completely, then add to your finished brew.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBest Brew Pairings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater Kefir:\u003c\/strong\u003e Elderberry, Lemongrass \u0026amp; Ginger Boost, Summer Breeze\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKombucha:\u003c\/strong\u003e Summer Breeze, Elderberry, Lemongrass \u0026amp; Ginger Boost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJun:\u003c\/strong\u003e Field of Dreams (top pick), Elderberry (light infusion), Lemongrass \u0026amp; Ginger Boost (short infusion)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeed a culture to get started?\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca title=\"Organic Water Kefir Grains\" href=\"\/products\/organic-water-kefir-grains\"\u003eWater Kefir Grains\u003c\/a\u003e • \u003ca title=\"Kombucha SCOBY\" href=\"\/products\/kombucha-scoby\"\u003eKombucha SCOBY\u003c\/a\u003e • \u003ca title=\"Jun SCOBY\" href=\"\/products\/jun-scoby\"\u003eJun SCOBY\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery Details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll blends are shelf-stable and ship via \u003cstrong\u003eAustralia Post Priority\u003c\/strong\u003e. Store sealed in a cool, dry place away from sunlight to keep the aroma fresh.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose The Fermentation Station?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe don’t just sell cultures — we support the whole fermentation journey. You’ll get high-quality ingredients, fast shipping, and real help whenever you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I add the tea during the ferment or after?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe recommend infusing \u003cstrong\u003eafter\u003c\/strong\u003e your brew is finished (once your water kefir \/ kombucha \/ jun tastes how you like it). This gives you the cleanest flavour and the most control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much should I use per batch?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA great starting point is \u003cstrong\u003e1 tsp per 500 ml\u003c\/strong\u003e. If you prefer a lighter flavour, start at \u003cstrong\u003e½ tsp\u003c\/strong\u003e and increase next time. Taste as you go — it’s easy to adjust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long should I infuse for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCold infusion is best: \u003cstrong\u003e6–12 hours in the fridge\u003c\/strong\u003e. Stronger blends can be ready sooner depending on your taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWill this make my brew more fizzy?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInfusing adds flavour but doesn’t automatically add carbonation. If you want extra fizz, bottle your brew and allow a short \u003cstrong\u003esecond ferment\u003c\/strong\u003e after flavouring (always burp bottles and use pressure-safe bottles).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use these with both water kefir and kombucha?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — all of these blends work beautifully across \u003cstrong\u003ewater kefir, kombucha and jun\u003c\/strong\u003e. If you’re brewing jun, we recommend slightly lighter dosing or shorter infusion for the most delicate result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow should I store the tea blends?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep sealed in a cool, dry place out of direct sunlight. Properly stored, they’ll stay fresh and aromatic for months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"The Fermentation Station","offers":[{"title":"Elderberry","offer_id":52994563539251,"sku":"BIKE","price":16.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Field of Dreams","offer_id":52994563506483,"sku":"BIKFOD","price":16.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lemongrass \u0026 Ginger Boost","offer_id":52994563604787,"sku":"BIKLGB","price":16.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Summer Breeze","offer_id":52994563572019,"sku":"BITSB","price":16.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/brew_infusion_kit.jpg?v=1771630518"},{"product_id":"kefir-strainer","title":"Kefir Strainer","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n\/* Heading and accent colour *\/\n.product-copy h2,\n.product-copy h3 {\n  color: #5a7057;\n}\n\n\/* FAQ accordion styling *\/\n.faq-accordion details {\n  border-top: 1px solid #ddd;\n  padding: 10px 0;\n}\n.faq-accordion details:last-child {\n  border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary {\n  list-style: none;\n  cursor: pointer;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  color: #5a7057;\n  position: relative;\n  padding-right: 24px;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.faq-accordion summary::after {\n  content: '+';\n  position: absolute;\n  right: 0;\n  top: 0;\n  font-weight: 600;\n}\n.faq-accordion details[open] summary::after {\n  content: '–';\n}\n.faq-accordion p {\n  margin: 8px 0 0 0;\n  line-height: 1.6;\n  color: #333;\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eNylon Mesh Strainer – Perfect for Milk Kefir \u0026amp; Water Kefir Grains\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA simple tool that makes kefir making easier.\u003c\/strong\u003e This fine nylon mesh strainer is ideal for separating kefir grains from finished milk kefir or water kefir — quickly, gently, and without damaging your grains.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike metal strainers (which many people prefer to avoid for kefir), nylon mesh is lightweight, non-reactive, and easy to rinse clean. It’s especially helpful when your milk kefir turns out thick and creamy — simply stir gently through the strainer and the grains will separate easily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eYou Will Receive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1x Nylon mesh strainer\u003c\/strong\u003e suitable for both milk kefir and water kefir.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOngoing Support:\u003c\/strong\u003e Personal help whenever you need it — email, chat or phone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGentle on grains:\u003c\/strong\u003e Helps separate grains without crushing or stressing them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFine mesh:\u003c\/strong\u003e Catches even small grains while letting kefir strain through smoothly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePerfect for thick kefir:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal when your milk kefir is creamy and harder to strain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to clean:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rinse under warm water straight after straining.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile:\u003c\/strong\u003e Great for straining second ferments (fruit, ginger, herbs) too.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the strainer over a bowl or jug.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePour in your finished kefir.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStir gently with a spoon to help the liquid pass through.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransfer grains to fresh milk (milk kefir) or sugar water (water kefir) to start the next batch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTip:\u003c\/strong\u003e If your milk kefir is very thick, give the jar a gentle whisk first or add a small splash of fresh milk — it will strain much more easily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery Details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipped via \u003cstrong\u003eAustralia Post\u003c\/strong\u003e. We pack carefully to ensure it arrives safely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose The Fermentation Station?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith over 20 years of experience and thousands of happy customers, we provide reliable gear, fresh cultures, and real support to help you succeed at home fermentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs nylon safe to use for kefir?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Nylon mesh is non-reactive and commonly used for straining fermented drinks. Many people prefer it over metal for kefir, especially for long-term daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use this for both milk kefir and water kefir?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely — it works perfectly for both. The fine mesh catches small grains while letting the finished drink strain through easily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eMy milk kefir is too thick to strain — what do I do?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is common when your grains are very active. Give the jar a gentle whisk first, then strain and stir slowly. If needed, add a splash of fresh milk to loosen it up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse straight after use under warm water. For a deeper clean, soak in warm water with a little dish soap, rinse well, and allow to air dry completely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I strain kombucha with this?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can strain flavourings (fruit\/herbs) from kombucha, but it’s not designed to handle SCOBYs. For kombucha, you generally don’t need a strainer for the SCOBY itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"The Fermentation Station","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52994568323379,"sku":"KS","price":8.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/kefir_strainer.jpg?v=1771634238"},{"product_id":"ginger-beer-plant","title":"Ginger Beer Plant","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGenuine Live Ginger Beer Plant – Traditional, Rare \u0026amp; Naturally Fermented\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCraft authentic, old-world ginger beer at home using a genuine live ginger beer plant — a rare culture preserved from near extinction.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGinger beer plant (GBP) is a historic symbiotic culture of bacteria and yeast, traditionally used in the British Isles to ferment sugar water with ginger into a naturally carbonated, complex, and deeply flavoured beverage. Unlike modern shortcuts using baker’s yeast or water kefir, true ginger beer plant produces a distinctly richer ferment — often described as a cross between tart kombucha and lightly sweet water kefir.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur ginger beer plant is carefully maintained, gently handled, and kept fully isolated from other cultures to preserve its unique characteristics. With proper care, it will continue producing batch after batch — a living piece of fermentation history.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eYou Will Receive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Live Ginger Beer Plant (GBP):\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSupplied dried and shelf stable. Choose your ideal batch size:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e500 ml brew size\u003c\/strong\u003e – ideal for smaller batches and getting started.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1000 ml brew size\u003c\/strong\u003e – perfect for larger batches or regular brewers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1500 ml brew size \u003c\/strong\u003e- best value for larger batches or frequent brews. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\nOnce acclimated, your culture can be reused continuously as it slowly grows and strengthens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-quality double-sided full-colour instruction sheet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clear, simple guidance — designed to also look great as a gift.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOngoing Support:\u003c\/strong\u003e Personal help whenever you need it — email, chat or phone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery Details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGinger beer plant is shipped fresh and carefully packaged to ensure it arrives healthy and active. Once received, it should be brewed promptly or temporarily stored according to the included instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eArrive Alive Guarantee\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder with confidence. In the unlikely event your ginger beer plant does not activate or ferment as expected, we will replace it free of charge. Your success matters to us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Ginger Beer Plant Is Different\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA genuine historic culture — not yeast, not water kefir\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduces deeper, more complex ginger flavour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFerments more slowly for a richer profile\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelf-propagating with careful reuse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA true traditional ginger beer experience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose The Fermentation Station?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe specialise in rare, traditional cultures and take pride in preserving and sharing them responsibly. With years of experience and thousands of happy fermenters, we offer carefully sourced cultures, fast shipping, and real human support every step of the way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e \u003csummary\u003eHow is ginger beer plant different from water kefir grains?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile both ferment sugar water, ginger beer plant is a distinct culture with different microbes, growth patterns, and flavour. It produces a more sour, spicy, and complex ginger beer and grows more slowly than water kefir.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e \u003cdetails\u003e \u003csummary\u003eWhat batch size is this ginger beer plant for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can choose either a \u003cstrong\u003e500 ml\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003e1000 ml\u003c\/strong\u003e brew size. As the culture strengthens and multiplies, it can be gradually scaled up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e \u003cdetails\u003e \u003csummary\u003eHow long does ginger beer take to ferment?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically \u003cstrong\u003e3–7 days\u003c\/strong\u003e, depending on temperature, sugar level, and flavour preference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e \u003cdetails\u003e \u003csummary\u003eDoes this contain alcohol?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTraditional ginger beer may develop a small amount of natural alcohol during fermentation. Levels are typically low but can vary depending on fermentation time and sugar content.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e \u003cdetails\u003e \u003csummary\u003eHow long will the culture last?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith gentle handling and proper feeding, ginger beer plant can be maintained indefinitely. It is a living, self-renewing culture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e \u003cdetails\u003e \u003csummary\u003eIs this a real ginger beer plant?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This is a genuine ginger beer plant culture, sourced from the German Culture Bank — not a yeast blend, not a water kefir hybrid, and not a recreated substitute.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"The Fermentation Station","offers":[{"title":"500ml","offer_id":53001053536563,"sku":"GBP500","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000ml","offer_id":53034274750771,"sku":"GBP1000","price":44.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1500ml","offer_id":53162653581619,"sku":"GBP1500","price":59.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/ginger_beer_plant.jpg?v=1771626682"},{"product_id":"kefirko-scoby-kit","title":"Kefirko SCOBY Kit","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n\/* Heading and accent colour *\/\n.product-copy h2,\n.product-copy h3 {\n  color: #5a7057;\n}\n\n\/* FAQ accordion styling *\/\n.faq-accordion details {\n  border-top: 1px solid #ddd;\n  padding: 10px 0;\n}\n.faq-accordion details:last-child {\n  border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary {\n  list-style: none;\n  cursor: pointer;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  color: #5a7057;\n  position: relative;\n  padding-right: 24px;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.faq-accordion summary::after {\n  content: '+';\n  position: absolute;\n  right: 0;\n  top: 0;\n  font-weight: 600;\n}\n.faq-accordion details[open] summary::after {\n  content: '–';\n}\n.faq-accordion p {\n  margin: 8px 0 0 0;\n  line-height: 1.6;\n  color: #333;\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKefirko Kombucha \u0026amp; Jun Fermenter Bundle (4L) – Brew at Home with Confidence\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrew crisp, refreshing kombucha or delicate, floral Jun at home with a premium 4L fermenter — plus your choice of an organic SCOBY to get started straight away.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eKefirko Kombucha Fermenter 4L\u003c\/strong\u003e is a European-designed fermentation system that makes home brewing simpler and more consistent — from first fermentation right through to serving. With a purpose-built lid (with odour control), fermentation clock, thermometer, measurement markings, and a high-quality stainless-steel spigot on a wooden stand, it’s a beautiful and practical “set and forget” fermenter for regular brewers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKefirko Kombucha Fermenter (4L glass jar):\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass Fermentation Vessel:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-quality, non-reactive glass for clean fermenting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEco-Friendly Top Lid (Bioplastic):\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed to support healthy fermentation conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eActive Carbon Filter \/ Odour Neutraliser:\u003c\/strong\u003e Allows airflow while helping reduce “fermentation smells”.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFermentation Clock:\u003c\/strong\u003e Track your brew timeline at a glance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThermometer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Helps keep your kombucha\/Jun in the ideal range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMeasurement Markings:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy, accurate fills every time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSealing Ring:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supports a secure fit for the lid components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless Steel Spigot:\u003c\/strong\u003e Smooth, controlled pouring straight from the jar (no heavy lifting or decanting).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWooden Stand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Looks great on the benchtop and makes serving easier.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour choice of SCOBY:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Kombucha SCOBY:\u003c\/strong\u003e Strong and active, ready to ferment up to \u003cstrong\u003e3\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cstrong\u003elitres\u003c\/strong\u003e straight away.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOR Organic Jun SCOBY:\u003c\/strong\u003e Strong and active, ready to ferment up to \u003cstrong\u003e3\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e litres\u003c\/strong\u003e straight away.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStarter liquid:\u003c\/strong\u003e Included with your SCOBY to provide essential acidity for a safe, successful first brew.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-quality double-sided full-colour instruction sheet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clear, step-by-step guidance — designed to look great as part of a gift.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOngoing Support:\u003c\/strong\u003e Personal help whenever you need it — email, chat or phone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eArrive Alive Guarantee\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe stand behind the quality of our live cultures. In the rare event your \u003cstrong\u003ekombucha or Jun SCOBY\u003c\/strong\u003e doesn’t arrive alive and active, we’ll send a free replacement immediately. Your success is 100% guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerfect For Kombucha \u0026amp; Jun\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKombucha:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brew classic sweet-tea kombucha with easy monitoring and clean dispensing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJun:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brew Jun (green tea + raw honey) for a lighter, floral, “champagne of kombucha” style ferment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePour-from-the-tap Convenience:\u003c\/strong\u003e Serve without disturbing your culture or making a mess.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBetter Fermentation Control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built-in clock + thermometer make it easy to stay consistent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOdour-Controlled Airflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed to allow the brew to breathe while reducing strong smells.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBenchtop Ready:\u003c\/strong\u003e Premium look with a practical stand for daily use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenerous Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4L size is ideal for regular brewers and families.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose The Fermentation Station?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith over 20 years of experience and thousands of happy customers, we help you ferment with confidence — quality cultures, fast shipping, and friendly support whenever you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much can I brew in the 4L fermenter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can brew up to \u003cstrong\u003e4 litres\u003c\/strong\u003e (allowing appropriate headspace is always a good idea). It’s an excellent size for weekly batches and regular pouring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich SCOBY do I receive?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can choose \u003cstrong\u003eeither\u003c\/strong\u003e an \u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Kombucha SCOBY\u003c\/strong\u003e (brews up to \u003cstrong\u003e3\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eL\u003c\/strong\u003e) \u003cstrong\u003eor\u003c\/strong\u003e an \u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Jun SCOBY\u003c\/strong\u003e (brews up to \u003cstrong\u003e3L\u003c\/strong\u003e) as part of this bundle. Both come with starter liquid and full instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use this fermenter for both kombucha and Jun?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The fermenter is suitable for both. If you swap between kombucha and Jun, we recommend keeping the brew style consistent for each culture (kombucha with tea + sugar, Jun with green tea + raw honey).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long does fermentation take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFermentation time varies with temperature and taste preference. Kombucha is commonly ready in \u003cstrong\u003e4–6 days\u003c\/strong\u003e, and Jun is often similar. Use the \u003cstrong\u003efermentation clock\u003c\/strong\u003e as a guide and start tasting as it approaches your usual window.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow does the lid help with smells?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lid is designed to allow airflow while the \u003cstrong\u003eactive carbon filter \/ odour neutraliser\u003c\/strong\u003e helps reduce strong fermentation odours in the kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the spigot safe for kombucha?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — it includes a \u003cstrong\u003estainless-steel spigot\u003c\/strong\u003e designed for clean, smooth pouring and easier day-to-day use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I do continuous brew with this fermenter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — many brewers use a spigot fermenter for continuous brew. Just avoid draining it completely: keep enough mature kombucha\/Jun behind as starter, then top up with fresh sweet tea (or sweetened green tea + honey for Jun) to maintain a healthy culture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat if my SCOBY doesn’t activate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour SCOBY is covered by our \u003cstrong\u003eArrive Alive Guarantee\u003c\/strong\u003e. If it doesn’t start fermenting within a few days, we’ll replace it free of charge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"The Fermentation Station","offers":[{"title":"Blue \/ Kombucha","offer_id":53032933884211,"sku":"KBSK","price":129.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue \/ Jun","offer_id":53032933916979,"sku":"KBSJ","price":134.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green \/ Kombucha","offer_id":53032933949747,"sku":"KGSK","price":129.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green \/ Jun","offer_id":53032933982515,"sku":"KGSJ","price":134.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \/ Kombucha","offer_id":53032934015283,"sku":"KPSK","price":129.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \/ Jun","offer_id":53032934048051,"sku":"KPSJ","price":134.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Beige \/ Kombucha","offer_id":53032934080819,"sku":"KESK","price":129.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Beige \/ Jun","offer_id":53032934113587,"sku":"KESJ","price":134.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/Kefirko-kombucha-empty-on-white-blue_progressive_jpg.webp?v=1770531368"},{"product_id":"kefirko-cheese-maker","title":"Kefirko Cheese Maker","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n\/* Heading and accent colour *\/\n.product-copy h2,\n.product-copy h3 {\n  color: #5a7057;\n}\n\n\/* FAQ accordion styling *\/\n.faq-accordion details {\n  border-top: 1px solid #ddd;\n  padding: 10px 0;\n}\n.faq-accordion details:last-child {\n  border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary {\n  list-style: none;\n  cursor: pointer;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  color: #5a7057;\n  position: relative;\n  padding-right: 24px;\n}\n.faq-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.faq-accordion summary::after {\n  content: '+';\n  position: absolute;\n  right: 0;\n  top: 0;\n  font-weight: 600;\n}\n.faq-accordion details[open] summary::after {\n  content: '–';\n}\n.faq-accordion p {\n  margin: 8px 0 0 0;\n  line-height: 1.6;\n  color: #333;\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKefirko Kefir Cheese Maker – Fresh, Homemade Kefir Cheese Made Easy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTurn your milk kefir into delicious, creamy kefir cheese with the Kefirko Cheese Maker — the simplest and cleanest way to strain perfect cheese at home.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis premium European-designed straining system makes it easy to create consistently smooth, beautifully shaped fresh cheese and “kefir cream cheese”. Simply pour in finished kefir, strain to your preferred texture, then flavour. The clever basket design strains evenly, and the jar collects the protein-rich whey so nothing goes to waste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is the \u003cstrong\u003echeese maker only\u003c\/strong\u003e and does not include milk kefir grains. If you need grains to get started, you can find our milk kefir grains here: \u003ca title=\"Kefir Grains\" href=\"https:\/\/thefermentationstation.com.au\/collections\/live-cultures\/products\/milk-kefir-grains\"\u003eKefir Grains\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" href=\"https:\/\/thefermentationstation.com.au\/collections\/milk-kefir-grains\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKefirko Cheese Maker (900ml – Made in Europe):\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass Jar:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-quality, non-reactive glass that catches the drained whey for easy saving and reuse.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMesh Basket:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal mesh density for even straining and smooth results, with solid side bars to help release a perfectly shaped cheese.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Secure fit for stable, mess-free straining.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop Lid:\u003c\/strong\u003e Locking lid helps keep impurities out while straining and supports efficient draining.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePressing Disc \u0026amp; Spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e Add pressure to remove more whey and create a firmer cheese.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGuide \u0026amp; Tips Book:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes instructions plus access to online recipes (via access code).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOngoing Support:\u003c\/strong\u003e Personal help whenever you need it — email, chat or phone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEven Straining:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mesh density designed for consistent, smooth results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft or Firm Texture:\u003c\/strong\u003e Strain for a short time for spreadable cheese, or longer (and use the pressing disc) for a firmer fresh cheese.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCollects the Whey:\u003c\/strong\u003e Whey drains into the jar for easy saving (great in smoothies, baking, marinades and more).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBeautiful Shape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Basket design helps you release a neatly formed cheese.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to Clean:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simple components with a wide jar opening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Make Kefir Cheese\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1. Pour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pour finished milk kefir into the mesh basket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2. Strain:\u003c\/strong\u003e Strain in the refrigerate (12-24hrs) until it reaches your preferred texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3. Flavour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mix in herbs, garlic, spices, lemon zest, honey, berries — anything you love.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHealth Benefits of Kefir Cheese\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA delicious way to enjoy \u003cstrong\u003eprobiotic-rich fermented dairy\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports digestion and gut microbiome balance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFresh, homemade, and easy to customise with quality ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose The Fermentation Station?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith over 20 years of experience and thousands of happy customers, we help you ferment with confidence — trusted products, fast shipping, and friendly support whenever you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this include milk kefir grains or a starter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — the \u003cstrong\u003eKefirko Cheese Maker does not include kefir grains or a starter culture\u003c\/strong\u003e. It’s a straining tool designed to turn your prepared milk kefir into fresh kefir cheese. If you need grains, you can find our milk kefir grains here: \u003ca title=\"Kefir Grains\" href=\"https:\/\/thefermentationstation.com.au\/collections\/live-cultures\/products\/milk-kefir-grains\"\u003eKefir Grains\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much cheese does it make?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can make approximately \u003cstrong\u003e200\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e–300g\u003c\/strong\u003e of cream-cheese style kefir cheese per batch, depending on your kefir and how long you strain it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long should I strain it for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStraining time depends on your desired texture. A shorter strain makes a soft, spreadable cheese, while longer straining (and\/or using the pressing disc and spring) creates a firmer fresh cheese.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the pressing disc \u0026amp; spring do?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt allows you to apply more pressure to push out extra whey, which helps you make a \u003cstrong\u003efirmer\u003c\/strong\u003e cheese.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat can I do with the whey?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe whey drains into the glass jar and can be used in smoothies, baking, marinades, soups, or as a protein-rich liquid in the kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I flavour the cheese?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — once strained, flavour it any way you like: herbs, garlic, pepper, chilli, lemon, honey, berries, and more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it hard to clean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot at all — it’s designed to be easy to use and easy to clean, with wide openings and simple parts that come apart for washing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"The Fermentation Station","offers":[{"title":"Blue","offer_id":53047902372147,"sku":"KCB","price":89.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":53047902404915,"sku":"KCG","price":89.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":53047902437683,"sku":"KCP","price":89.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yellow","offer_id":53047902470451,"sku":"KCY","price":89.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/kefirko_cheese_maker_on_bench.webp?v=1770936496"},{"product_id":"kefirko-fermenter","title":"Kefirko Fermenter","description":"","brand":"The Fermentation Station","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53126191218995,"sku":null,"price":79.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/cheese-maker_0001_Cheese-Maker-small-green_jpg.webp?v=1770936496"},{"product_id":"kefirko-ginger-beer-plant-kit","title":"Kefirko Ginger Beer Plant Kit","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.product-copy h2,\n.product-copy h3,\n.product-copy summary {\n  color: #5a7057;\n}\n\n.faq-accordion details {\n  border-top: 1px solid #ddd;\n  padding: 10px 0;\n}\n\n.faq-accordion details:last-child {\n  border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\n}\n\n.faq-accordion summary {\n  list-style: none;\n  cursor: pointer;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  position: relative;\n  padding-right: 24px;\n}\n\n.faq-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker {\n  display: none;\n}\n\n.faq-accordion summary::after {\n  content: '+';\n  position: absolute;\n  right: 0;\n  top: 0;\n  font-weight: 600;\n}\n\n.faq-accordion details[open] summary::after {\n  content: '–';\n}\n\n.faq-accordion p {\n  margin: 8px 0 0 0;\n  line-height: 1.6;\n  color: #333;\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKefirko Ginger Beer Plant Kit – Traditional Ginger Beer Made Easy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnjoy naturally sparkling, old-world ginger beer at home with the Kefirko Ginger Beer Plant Kit — the simplest and cleanest way to ferment genuine ginger beer plant.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis all-in-one European-made fermentation system streamlines the entire process, from fermenting to straining. Perfect for complete beginners and experienced fermenters alike, this kit gives you everything you need to craft traditional, refreshing ginger beer at home using a genuine live ginger beer plant culture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGinger beer plant is a rare historic symbiotic culture of bacteria and yeast, traditionally used to ferment sugar water with ginger into a naturally carbonated, complex, and deeply flavoured drink. Unlike modern shortcuts using baker’s yeast or water kefir, true ginger beer plant produces a richer, more traditional ferment with its own unique character.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKefirko Fermenter (900 ml – Made in Europe):\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass Fermentation Vessel:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-quality, non-reactive glass for clean, safe fermenting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBPA-Free Two-Piece Lid:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for ideal airflow and effortless straining.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated Strainer Lid:\u003c\/strong\u003e Makes separating the ginger beer plant quick and mess-free.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMeasurement Markings:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easily track fermentation progress.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScraper Tool:\u003c\/strong\u003e Helps mix and collect the culture with minimal mess.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstruction Booklet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clear, beginner-friendly guidance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Live Ginger Beer Plant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose your ideal batch size:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e500ml brew\u003c\/strong\u003e – perfect for smaller batches and getting started.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e750ml brew\u003c\/strong\u003e – ideal for regular brewers using the Kefirko fermenter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\nOnce acclimated, your ginger beer plant can be reused continuously with proper care. Ginger beer plant ferments more slowly than water kefir and grows gradually over time, producing a beautifully complex traditional ginger beer.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-quality double-sided full-colour instruction sheet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clear, simple guidance to help you get started successfully.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOngoing Support:\u003c\/strong\u003e Personal help whenever you need it — email, chat or phone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eArrive Alive Guarantee\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe stand behind the quality of our live cultures. If your \u003cstrong\u003eginger beer plant\u003c\/strong\u003e does not activate or ferment as expected, we will send a free replacement immediately. Your success is 100% guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUser-Friendly Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e BPA-free lid components and dishwasher-safe glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTraditional Fermentation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brew with genuine ginger beer plant — not baker’s yeast, not water kefir, and not a recreated substitute.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNaturally Sparkling Results:\u003c\/strong\u003e Create refreshing, lightly fizzy ginger beer at home.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReusable Culture:\u003c\/strong\u003e With proper care, your ginger beer plant can be used again and again.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModern \u0026amp; Compact:\u003c\/strong\u003e Looks beautiful on your benchtop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Ginger Beer Plant Is Different\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA genuine historic culture with its own unique microbial profile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduces deeper, more complex ginger flavour than simple yeast-based ginger beer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFerments more slowly for a richer traditional profile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be maintained and reused long term with gentle care.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA true old-world ginger beer experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose The Fermentation Station?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith over 20 years of experience and thousands of happy customers, we guarantee carefully handled cultures, fast shipping, clear instructions, and friendly support every step of your fermentation journey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long does ginger beer take to ferment?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost batches take around \u003cstrong\u003e3–7 days\u003c\/strong\u003e, depending on temperature, sugar level, ginger strength, and your preferred flavour. Warmer homes ferment faster; cooler homes ferment more slowly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much should I brew?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart with the amount you selected, either 500 ml or 750 ml. As the ginger beer plant acclimates and strengthens, you can continue brewing regular batches in the Kefirko fermenter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is ginger beer plant different from water kefir grains?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGinger beer plant is a distinct traditional culture with different microbes, growth patterns, and flavour. It produces a more complex, spicy, slightly tart ginger beer and generally grows more slowly than water kefir.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I flavour the ginger beer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — ginger, lemon, lime, herbs, spices, fruit, or juice can be used to adjust the flavour. We recommend starting with the basic recipe first while the culture is activating, then experimenting once it is fermenting reliably.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this contain alcohol?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTraditional ginger beer may naturally develop a small amount of alcohol during fermentation. Levels are typically low, but can vary depending on fermentation time, sugar levels, temperature, and bottling conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long will the ginger beer plant last?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith gentle handling and proper feeding, ginger beer plant can be maintained long term. It is a living, reusable culture that can continue producing batch after batch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I store the ginger beer plant if I take a break?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor short breaks, the culture can usually be stored in a small amount of fresh sugar solution in the fridge. Refresh it regularly and return it to normal brewing when you are ready to start again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat if my ginger beer plant doesn’t activate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour purchase is covered by our \u003cstrong\u003eArrive Alive Guarantee\u003c\/strong\u003e. If it does not wake up and begin fermenting as expected, we will replace it free of charge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"The Fermentation Station","offers":[{"title":"Blue \/ 500ml","offer_id":53383491584307,"sku":"KBGBP500","price":99.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue \/ 750ml","offer_id":53383491617075,"sku":"KBGBP750","price":119.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green \/ 500ml","offer_id":53383491649843,"sku":"KGGBP500","price":104.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green \/ 750ml","offer_id":53383491682611,"sku":"KGGBP750","price":119.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \/ 500ml","offer_id":53383491715379,"sku":"KPGBP500","price":104.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \/ 750ml","offer_id":53383491748147,"sku":"KPGBP750","price":119.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 500ml","offer_id":53383491780915,"sku":"KWGBP500","price":104.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 750ml","offer_id":53383491813683,"sku":"KWGBP750","price":119.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/kefirko-kefir-fermenter-blue-and-purple.webp?v=1756889781"},{"product_id":"large-kefirko-ginger-beer-plant-kit","title":"Large Kefirko Ginger Beer Plant Kit","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.product-copy h2,\n.product-copy h3,\n.product-copy summary {\n  color: #5a7057;\n}\n\n.faq-accordion details {\n  border-top: 1px solid #ddd;\n  padding: 10px 0;\n}\n\n.faq-accordion details:last-child {\n  border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\n}\n\n.faq-accordion summary {\n  list-style: none;\n  cursor: pointer;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  position: relative;\n  padding-right: 24px;\n}\n\n.faq-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker {\n  display: none;\n}\n\n.faq-accordion summary::after {\n  content: '+';\n  position: absolute;\n  right: 0;\n  top: 0;\n  font-weight: 600;\n}\n\n.faq-accordion details[open] summary::after {\n  content: '–';\n}\n\n.faq-accordion p {\n  margin: 8px 0 0 0;\n  line-height: 1.6;\n  color: #333;\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKefirko Large Ginger Beer Plant Kit – Traditional Ginger Beer Made Easy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnjoy naturally sparkling, old-world ginger beer at home with the Large Kefirko Ginger Beer Plant Kit — the simplest and cleanest way to ferment larger batches of genuine ginger beer plant.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis larger all-in-one European-made fermentation system streamlines the entire process, from fermenting to straining. Perfect for regular brewers, families, and anyone wanting to make more traditional ginger beer at once, this kit gives you everything you need to craft refreshing ginger beer at home using a genuine live ginger beer plant culture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGinger beer plant is a rare historic symbiotic culture of bacteria and yeast, traditionally used to ferment sugar water with ginger into a naturally carbonated, complex, and deeply flavoured drink. Unlike modern shortcuts using baker’s yeast or water kefir, true ginger beer plant produces a richer, more traditional ferment with its own unique character.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge Kefirko Fermenter (1400 ml – Made in Europe):\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass Fermentation Vessel:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-quality, non-reactive glass for clean, safe fermenting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBPA-Free Two-Piece Lid:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for ideal airflow and effortless straining.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated Strainer Lid:\u003c\/strong\u003e Makes separating the ginger beer plant quick and mess-free.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMeasurement Markings:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easily track fermentation progress and larger brew volumes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScraper Tool:\u003c\/strong\u003e Helps mix and collect the culture with minimal mess.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstruction Booklet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clear, beginner-friendly guidance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Live Ginger Beer Plant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose your ideal batch size:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1000ml brew\u003c\/strong\u003e – ideal for regular brewers wanting a larger daily batch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1250ml brew\u003c\/strong\u003e – best suited for families, frequent brewers, or those wanting more ginger beer per batch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\nOnce acclimated, your ginger beer plant can be reused continuously with proper care. Ginger beer plant ferments more slowly than water kefir and grows gradually over time, producing a beautifully complex traditional ginger beer.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-quality double-sided full-colour instruction sheet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clear, simple guidance to help you get started successfully.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOngoing Support:\u003c\/strong\u003e Personal help whenever you need it — email, chat or phone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eArrive Alive Guarantee\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe stand behind the quality of our live cultures. If your \u003cstrong\u003eginger beer plant\u003c\/strong\u003e does not activate or ferment as expected, we will send a free replacement immediately. Your success is 100% guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUser-Friendly Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e BPA-free lid components and dishwasher-safe glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarger Batch Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1400 ml fermenter is ideal for brewing more ginger beer at once.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTraditional Fermentation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brew with genuine ginger beer plant — not baker’s yeast, not water kefir, and not a recreated substitute.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNaturally Sparkling Results:\u003c\/strong\u003e Create refreshing, lightly fizzy ginger beer at home.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReusable Culture:\u003c\/strong\u003e With proper care, your ginger beer plant can be used again and again.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModern \u0026amp; Compact:\u003c\/strong\u003e Looks beautiful on your benchtop while still offering a larger brewing capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Ginger Beer Plant Is Different\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA genuine historic culture with its own unique microbial profile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduces deeper, more complex ginger flavour than simple yeast-based ginger beer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFerments more slowly for a richer traditional profile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be maintained and reused long term with gentle care.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA true old-world ginger beer experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose The Fermentation Station?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith over 20 years of experience and thousands of happy customers, we guarantee carefully handled cultures, fast shipping, clear instructions, and friendly support every step of your fermentation journey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long does ginger beer take to ferment?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost batches take around \u003cstrong\u003e3–7 days\u003c\/strong\u003e, depending on temperature, sugar level, ginger strength, and your preferred flavour. Warmer homes ferment faster; cooler homes ferment more slowly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much should I brew?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart with the amount you selected, either 1000 ml or 1250 ml. The 1400 ml Kefirko fermenter gives enough space for larger batch sizes while still allowing room for the culture and ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is ginger beer plant different from water kefir grains?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGinger beer plant is a distinct traditional culture with different microbes, growth patterns, and flavour. It produces a more complex, spicy, slightly tart ginger beer and generally grows more slowly than water kefir.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I flavour the ginger beer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — ginger, lemon, lime, herbs, spices, fruit, or juice can be used to adjust the flavour. We recommend starting with the basic recipe first while the culture is activating, then experimenting once it is fermenting reliably.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this contain alcohol?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTraditional ginger beer may naturally develop a small amount of alcohol during fermentation. Levels are typically low, but can vary depending on fermentation time, sugar levels, temperature, and bottling conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long will the ginger beer plant last?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith gentle handling and proper feeding, ginger beer plant can be maintained long term. It is a living, reusable culture that can continue producing batch after batch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I store the ginger beer plant if I take a break?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor short breaks, the culture can usually be stored in a small amount of fresh sugar solution in the fridge. Refresh it regularly and return it to normal brewing when you are ready to start again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat if my ginger beer plant doesn’t activate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour purchase is covered by our \u003cstrong\u003eArrive Alive Guarantee\u003c\/strong\u003e. If it does not wake up and begin fermenting as expected, we will replace it free of charge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"The Fermentation Station","offers":[{"title":"Blue \/ 1000ml","offer_id":53383548371251,"sku":"LKBGBP1000","price":129.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue \/ 1250ml","offer_id":53383548404019,"sku":"LKBGBP1250","price":134.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green \/ 1000ml","offer_id":53383548436787,"sku":"LKGGBP1000","price":129.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green \/ 1250ml","offer_id":53383548469555,"sku":"LKGGBP1250","price":134.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \/ 1000ml","offer_id":53383548502323,"sku":"LKPGBP1000","price":129.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \/ 1250ml","offer_id":53383548535091,"sku":"LKPGBP1250","price":134.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 1000ml","offer_id":53383548567859,"sku":"LKWGBP1000","price":129.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 1250ml","offer_id":53383548600627,"sku":"LKWGBP1250","price":134.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/large_kefirko.jpg?v=1779410908"},{"product_id":"large-kefirko-milk-kefir-kit","title":"Large Kefirko Milk Kefir Kit","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.product-copy h2,\n.product-copy h3,\n.product-copy summary {\n  color: #5a7057;\n}\n\n.faq-accordion details {\n  border-top: 1px solid #ddd;\n  padding: 10px 0;\n}\n\n.faq-accordion details:last-child {\n  border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\n}\n\n.faq-accordion summary {\n  list-style: none;\n  cursor: pointer;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  position: relative;\n  padding-right: 24px;\n}\n\n.faq-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker {\n  display: none;\n}\n\n.faq-accordion summary::after {\n  content: '+';\n  position: absolute;\n  right: 0;\n  top: 0;\n  font-weight: 600;\n}\n\n.faq-accordion details[open] summary::after {\n  content: '–';\n}\n\n.faq-accordion p {\n  margin: 8px 0 0 0;\n  line-height: 1.6;\n  color: #333;\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKefirko Large Milk Kefir Maker Bundle – Fresh, Homemade Probiotics Made Easy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnjoy creamy, probiotic-rich milk kefir at home with the Large Kefirko Milk Kefir Maker Bundle — the simplest and cleanest way to ferment larger batches of fresh kefir.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis larger all-in-one European-made fermentation system streamlines the entire process, from fermenting to straining. Perfect for regular kefir drinkers, families, and experienced fermenters alike, this bundle gives you everything you need for thick, tangy, delicious milk kefir in as little as 24 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge Kefirko Milk Kefir Fermenter (1400 ml – Made in Europe):\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass Fermentation Vessel:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-quality, non-reactive glass for clean, safe fermenting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBPA-Free Two-Piece Lid:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for ideal airflow and effortless straining.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated Strainer Lid:\u003c\/strong\u003e Makes separating grains quick and mess-free.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMeasurement Markings:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easily track fermentation progress and larger brew volumes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScraper Tool:\u003c\/strong\u003e Helps mix and collect grains with minimal mess.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstruction Booklet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clear, beginner-friendly guidance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Milk Kefir Grains:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose your ideal batch size:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e600ml brew\u003c\/strong\u003e – ideal for regular kefir drinkers or smaller family batches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e900ml brew\u003c\/strong\u003e – best suited for families, frequent brewers, or those wanting more kefir per batch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\nOnce acclimated, your grains will ferment every \u003cstrong\u003e24–48 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e and can be reused indefinitely. \u003cem\u003e(Independently lab tested — \u003ca rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/milk-kefir-microbiological-analysis-report.pdf?v=1757146988\" target=\"_blank\"\u003esee microbiological analysis\u003c\/a\u003e).\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eArrive Alive Guarantee\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe stand behind the quality of our live cultures. If your \u003cstrong\u003emilk kefir grains\u003c\/strong\u003e don’t arrive alive and active, we’ll send a free replacement immediately. Your success is 100% guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUser-Friendly Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e BPA-free lid components and dishwasher-safe glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarger Batch Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1400 ml fermenter is ideal for making more milk kefir at once.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFast Fermentation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Make fresh milk kefir in as little as \u003cstrong\u003e24 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for cow’s milk, goat’s milk, A2, lactose-free (results vary), and many plant-based milks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModern \u0026amp; Compact:\u003c\/strong\u003e Looks beautiful on your benchtop while still offering a larger brewing capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHealth Benefits of Milk Kefir\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports digestion and gut microbiome balance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBoosts immune health.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImproves nutrient absorption (especially calcium \u0026amp; magnesium).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMay reduce inflammation and promote overall wellness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eIndependently verified — \u003ca rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/milk-kefir-microbiological-analysis-report.pdf?v=1757146988\" target=\"_blank\"\u003edownload full lab report\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose The Fermentation Station?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith over 20 years of experience and thousands of happy customers, we guarantee fresh, active cultures, fast shipping, and friendly support every step of your fermentation journey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long does milk kefir take to ferment?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost batches are ready in \u003cstrong\u003e24 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. Cooler homes may take up to 48 hours. Once strained, kefir thickens further in the fridge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much milk should I use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart with the amount you selected, either 600 ml or 900 ml. The 1400 ml Kefirko fermenter gives enough space for larger batch sizes while still allowing room for the grains and fermentation activity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use lactose-free or plant-based milks?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — but results vary. Dairy milk produces the strongest kefir. Plant milks ferment best when rotated with dairy every few batches to keep grains healthy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo the grains multiply?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes! Milk kefir grains grow gradually with regular use. Many customers share extras with friends or freeze them for backups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I store the grains if I take a break?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace them in fresh milk in the fridge. Change the milk weekly. For long breaks, grains can be frozen or dehydrated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat if my grains don’t activate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour purchase is covered by our \u003cstrong\u003eArrive Alive Guarantee\u003c\/strong\u003e. If they don’t start fermenting, we’ll replace them free of charge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"The Fermentation Station","offers":[{"title":"Blue \/ 600ml","offer_id":53383592214835,"sku":"LKBM600","price":119.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue \/ 900ml","offer_id":53383592247603,"sku":"LMBM900","price":129.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue \/ Fermenter Only","offer_id":53383592280371,"sku":"LKBFO","price":89.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green \/ 600ml","offer_id":53383592313139,"sku":"LKGM600","price":119.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green \/ 900ml","offer_id":53383592345907,"sku":"LKGM900","price":129.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green \/ Fermenter Only","offer_id":53383592378675,"sku":"LKGFO","price":89.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \/ 600ml","offer_id":53383592411443,"sku":"LKPM600","price":119.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \/ 900ml","offer_id":53383592444211,"sku":"LKPM900","price":129.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \/ Fermenter Only","offer_id":53383592476979,"sku":"LKPFO","price":89.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 600ml","offer_id":53383592509747,"sku":"LKWM600","price":119.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 900ml","offer_id":53383592542515,"sku":"LKWM900","price":129.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Fermenter Only","offer_id":53383592575283,"sku":"LKWFO","price":89.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/large_kefirko_flatlay.webp?v=1779410809"},{"product_id":"large-kefirko-water-kefir-kit","title":"Large Kefirko Water Kefir Kit","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.product-copy h2,\n.product-copy h3,\n.product-copy summary {\n  color: #5a7057;\n}\n\n.faq-accordion details {\n  border-top: 1px solid #ddd;\n  padding: 10px 0;\n}\n\n.faq-accordion details:last-child {\n  border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\n}\n\n.faq-accordion summary {\n  list-style: none;\n  cursor: pointer;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  position: relative;\n  padding-right: 24px;\n}\n\n.faq-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker {\n  display: none;\n}\n\n.faq-accordion summary::after {\n  content: '+';\n  position: absolute;\n  right: 0;\n  top: 0;\n  font-weight: 600;\n}\n\n.faq-accordion details[open] summary::after {\n  content: '–';\n}\n\n.faq-accordion p {\n  margin: 8px 0 0 0;\n  line-height: 1.6;\n  color: #333;\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKefirko Large Water Kefir Kit – Refreshing, Fizzy Probiotics Made Easy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCraft your own naturally sparkling, probiotic-rich water kefir at home with the Large Kefirko Water Kefir Kit — the easiest, cleanest, and most reliable way to ferment larger batches of water kefir.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe larger Kefirko system is designed to simplify the entire process: from fermenting to straining to flavouring. Perfect for regular brewers, families, and anyone wanting to make more water kefir at once, this stylish European-made fermenter delivers consistent results and effortless brewing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge Kefirko Water Kefir Fermenter (1400 ml – Made in Europe):\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass Fermentation Vessel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable, non-reactive, and dishwasher safe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBPA-Free Two-Piece Lid System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for ideal airflow and easy pouring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated Strainer Lid:\u003c\/strong\u003e Effortless separation of grains and finished kefir.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMeasurement Markings:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easily track brew size, fermentation progress, and larger brew volumes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScraper Tool:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perfect for mixing and gentle handling of grains.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstruction Booklet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Step-by-step brewing guidance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Water Kefir Grains:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose your preferred batch size:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1000 ml brew\u003c\/strong\u003e – ideal for regular brewers wanting a larger daily batch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1250 ml brew\u003c\/strong\u003e – perfect for families, frequent brewers, or those wanting more water kefir per batch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\nOnce acclimated, your grains will ferment reliably every \u003cstrong\u003e24–48 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e and will last indefinitely with proper care.\n\u003cem\u003e(Independently lab tested — \u003ca rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/water-kefir-microbiological-analysis-report.pdf?v=1757147018\" target=\"_blank\"\u003esee microbiological analysis report\u003c\/a\u003e).\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBonus Recipe Ideas:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easily create delicious flavours using fruits, herbs, spices, or juices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eArrive Alive Guarantee\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe stand behind the quality of our cultures. If your \u003cstrong\u003ewater kefir grains\u003c\/strong\u003e don’t arrive active and ready to ferment, we’ll send a free replacement immediately. Your success is guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUser-Friendly Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e BPA-free components, easy assembly, and mess-free straining.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarger Batch Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1400 ml fermenter is ideal for brewing more water kefir at once.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightly Carbonated Results:\u003c\/strong\u003e Naturally sparkling kefir in just \u003cstrong\u003e24–48 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully Customisable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Create endless flavour variations during the second ferment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStylish \u0026amp; Compact:\u003c\/strong\u003e A modern fermenter that looks great on any benchtop while still offering a larger brewing capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHealth Benefits of Water Kefir\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRich in living probiotics for gut microbiome support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefreshing, low-sugar alternative to soft drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan help digestion and improve nutrient absorption.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHydrating, energising, and naturally uplifting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eBacked by science — \u003ca rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/water-kefir-microbiological-analysis-report.pdf?v=1757147018\" target=\"_blank\"\u003edownload full lab report\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose The Fermentation Station?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith over 20 years of fermentation experience and thousands of happy customers, we guarantee fresh, active cultures, fast shipping, and friendly support throughout your fermentation journey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this kit suitable for beginners?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely — the Kefirko design makes water kefir one of the easiest ferments to start. Everything you need is included, and our instructions guide you step-by-step.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long does water kefir take to ferment?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost batches are ready in \u003cstrong\u003e24–48 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. Warmer rooms ferment faster; cooler rooms ferment more slowly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much should I brew?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart with the amount you selected, either 1000 ml or 1250 ml. The 1400 ml Kefirko fermenter gives enough space for larger batch sizes while still allowing room for the grains and fermentation activity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much sugar do I need?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 tablespoons of sugar per 250 ml\u003c\/strong\u003e of water. The grains consume the sugar during fermentation, leaving a lightly sweet, probiotic drink.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I flavour the kefir?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — flavouring is done during the second ferment. Add fruit, herbs, ginger, lemon, berries, juice, or spices for natural carbonation and delicious taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use honey?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Honey contains antimicrobial compounds that can harm the grains. Stick to sugar-based recipes only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long will the grains last?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith proper care, \u003cstrong\u003eforever\u003c\/strong\u003e. Water kefir grains are self-renewing and grow over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I store the grains if I take a break?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace them in sugar water and keep in the fridge. Refresh every 1–2 weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat if my grains don’t activate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour purchase is fully covered by our \u003cstrong\u003eArrive Alive Guarantee\u003c\/strong\u003e. If they don’t wake up and start fermenting, we’ll replace them free of charge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"The Fermentation Station","offers":[{"title":"Blue \/ 1000ml","offer_id":53383626359091,"sku":"LKBWK1000","price":119.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue \/ 1250ml","offer_id":53383626391859,"sku":"LKBWK1250","price":124.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green \/ 1000ml","offer_id":53383626424627,"sku":"LKGWK1000","price":119.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green \/ 1250ml","offer_id":53383626457395,"sku":"LKGWK1250","price":124.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \/ 1000ml","offer_id":53383626490163,"sku":"LKPWK1000","price":119.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \/ 1250ml","offer_id":53383626522931,"sku":"LKPWK1250","price":124.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 1000ml","offer_id":53383626555699,"sku":"LKWWK1000","price":119.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 1250ml","offer_id":53383626588467,"sku":"LKWWK1250","price":124.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0848\/6826\/8339\/files\/large-water_kefir.webp?v=1779411967"}],"url":"https:\/\/thefermentationstation.com.au\/collections\/all.oembed?page=2","provider":"The Fermentation Station","version":"1.0","type":"link"}